U.S. patent application number 13/008836 was filed with the patent office on 2011-12-08 for anti-cmet antagonists.
This patent application is currently assigned to Genentech, Inc.. Invention is credited to Karen Billeci, Mark S. Dennis, Judy Young, Zhong Zheng.
Application Number | 20110300146 13/008836 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 35787927 |
Filed Date | 2011-12-08 |
United States Patent
Application |
20110300146 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
Dennis; Mark S. ; et
al. |
December 8, 2011 |
ANTI-CMET ANTAGONISTS
Abstract
The invention provides therapeutic anti-c-met antibodies, and
compositions comprising and methods of using these antibodies.
Inventors: |
Dennis; Mark S.; (San
Carlos, CA) ; Billeci; Karen; (San Bruno, CA)
; Young; Judy; (San Carlos, CA) ; Zheng;
Zhong; (Foster City, CA) |
Assignee: |
Genentech, Inc.
South San Francisco
CA
|
Family ID: |
35787927 |
Appl. No.: |
13/008836 |
Filed: |
January 18, 2011 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
11537760 |
Oct 2, 2006 |
7892550 |
|
|
13008836 |
|
|
|
|
11196917 |
Aug 4, 2005 |
7476724 |
|
|
11537760 |
|
|
|
|
60598991 |
Aug 5, 2004 |
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
424/138.1 |
Current CPC
Class: |
C07K 2317/73 20130101;
C07K 16/2863 20130101; C07K 2317/55 20130101; C07K 16/32 20130101;
A61P 35/00 20180101; C07K 2317/92 20130101; C07K 2317/24 20130101;
C07K 2319/30 20130101; A61K 2039/505 20130101; A61P 43/00 20180101;
C07K 16/005 20130101 |
Class at
Publication: |
424/138.1 |
International
Class: |
A61K 39/395 20060101
A61K039/395; A61P 35/00 20060101 A61P035/00 |
Claims
1. A method of modulating a disease associated with dysregulation
of the HGF/c-met signaling axis, said method comprising
administering to a subject an effective amount of an anti-c-met
antibody, wherein the anti-c-met antibody comprises (a) a heavy
chain variable domain comprising HVR1-HC, HVR2-HC and HVR3-HC
sequence depicted in FIG. 13 (SEQ ID NO: 191-193); and (b) a light
chain variable domain comprising HVR1-LC, HVR2-LC and HVR3-LC
sequence depicted in FIG. 13 (SEQ ID NO: 183-185).
2: A method of treating a subject having cancer, said method
comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of an
anti-c-met antibody, wherein the anti-c-met antibody comprises (a)
a heavy chain variable domain comprising HVR1-HC, HVR2-HC and
HVR3-HC sequence depicted in FIG. 13 (SEQ ID NO: 191-193); and (b)
a light chain variable domain comprising HVR1-LC, HVR2-LC and
HVR3-LC sequence depicted in FIG. 13 (SEQ ID NO: 183-185).
3. The method of claim 2, wherein the cancer is lung cancer, brain
cancer, kidney cancer, gastric cancer, colorectal cancer,
pancreatic cancer, liver cancer, head and neck cancer, bladder
cancer, cervical cancer, thyroid cancer and/or prostate cancer.
4: A method of treating a proliferative disorder in a subject, said
method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount
of an anti-c-met antibody, wherein the anti-c-met antibody
comprises (a) a heavy chain variable domain comprising HVR1-HC,
HVR2-HC and HVR3-HC sequence depicted in FIG. 13 (SEQ ID NO:
191-193); and (b) a light chain variable domain comprising HVR1-LC,
HVR2-LC and HVR3-LC sequence depicted in FIG. 13 (SEQ ID NO:
183-185).
5: (canceled)
6: The method of claim 1, 2, or 4, wherein the heavy chain variable
domain comprises FR1-HC, FR2-HC, FR3-HC and FR4-HC sequence
depicted in FIG. 13 (SEQ ID NO: 187-90).
7: The method of claim 1, 2, or 4, wherein the light chain variable
domain comprises FR1-LC, FR2-LC, FR3-LC and FR4-LC sequence
depicted in FIG. 13 (SEQ ID NO: 179-182).
8: The method of claim 1, 2, or 4, wherein the heavy chain variable
domain comprises FR1-HC, FR2-HC, FR3-HC and FR4-HC sequence
depicted in FIG. 13 (SEQ ID NO: 187-90) and the light chain
variable domain comprises FR1-LC, FR2-LC, FR3-LC and FR4-LC
sequence depicted in FIG. 13 (SEQ ID NO: 179-182).
9: The method of claim 8, wherein the antibody comprises CH1
sequence depicted in FIG. 13 (SEQ ID NO: 194).
10: The method of claim 8, wherein the antibody comprises CL1
sequence depicted in FIG. 13 (SEQ ID NO: 186).
11: The method of claim 8, wherein the antibody comprises Fc
sequence depicted in FIG. 13 (SEQ ID NO: 195).
12: The method of claim 8, wherein the antibody is monovalent and
comprises a Fc region, wherein the Fc region comprises a first and
a second polypeptide, wherein the first polypeptide comprises the
Fc sequence depicted in FIG. 13 (SEQ ID NO: 195) and the second
polypeptide comprises the sequence depicted in FIG. 14 (SEQ ID NO:
196).
13: The method of claim 1, 2, or 4, wherein the antibody is
monovalent and comprises an Fc region.
14: The method of claim 2m further comprising treatment with a
second therapeutic agent.
15: The method of claim 14, wherein the second therapeutic agent is
a chemotherapeutic agent, an anti-angiogenic agent, or a growth
inhibitory agent.
16: The method of claim 15, wherein the anti-angiogenic agent is an
anti-VEGF antibody.
17: The method of claim 14 wherein administration is combined
administration.
18: The method of claim 14, wherein administration is separate
administration.
19: The method of claim 18, wherein separate administration of the
anti-cmet antibody is prior to and/or following administration of
the second therapeutic agent.
Description
RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application is a divisional application of U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 11/537,760, filed Oct. 2, 2006, which is a
continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/196,917, filed
on Aug. 4, 2005, now U.S. Pat. No. 7,476,724, which application
claims priority to provisional application No. 60/598,991, filed
Aug. 5, 2004, the contents of which are incorporated herein in
their entirety by reference.
TECHNICAL FIELD
[0002] The present invention relates generally to the fields of
molecular biology and growth factor regulation. More specifically,
the invention concerns modulators of the HGF/c-met signaling
pathway, and uses of said modulators.
BACKGROUND
[0003] HGF is a mesenchyme-derived pleiotrophic factor with
mitogenic, motogenic and morphogenic activities on a number of
different cell types. HGF effects are mediated through a specific
tyrosine kinase, c-met, and aberrant HGF and c-met expression are
frequently observed in a variety of tumors. See, e.g., Maulik et
al., Cytokine & Growth Factor Reviews (2002), 13:41-59;
Danilkovitch-Miagkova & Zbar, J. Clin. Invest. (2002),
109(7):863-867. Regulation of the HGF/c-Met signaling pathway is
implicated in tumor progression and metastasis. See, e.g.,
Trusolino & Comoglio, Nature Rev. (2002), 2:289-300).
[0004] HGF binds the extracellular domain of the Met receptor
tyrosine kinase (RTK) and regulates diverse biological processes
such as cell scattering, proliferation, and survival. HGF-Met
signaling is essential for normal embryonic development especially
in migration of muscle progenitor cells and development of the
liver and nervous system (Bladt et al., 1995; Hamanoue et al.,
1996; Maina et al., 1996; Schmidt et al., 1995; Uehara et al.,
1995). Developmental phenotypes of Met and HGF knockout mice are
very similar suggesting that HGF is the cognate ligand for the Met
receptor (Schmidt et al., 1995; Uehara et al., 1995). HGF-Met also
plays a role in liver regeneration, angiogenesis, and wound healing
(Bussolino et al., 1992; Matsumoto and Nakamura, 1993; Nusrat et
al., 1994). The precursor Met receptor undergoes proteolytic
cleavage into an extracellular.alpha. subunit and membrane spanning
13 subunit linked by disulfide bonds (Tempest et al., 1988). The 13
subunit contains the cytoplasmic kinase domain and harbors a
multi-substrate docking site at the C-terminus where adapter
proteins bind and initiate signaling (Bardelli et al., 1997; Nguyen
et al., 1997; Pelicci et al., 1995; Ponzetto et al., 1994; Weidner
et al., 1996). Upon HGF binding, activation of Met leads to
tyrosine phosphorylation and downstream signaling through Gab1 and
Grb2/Sos mediated PI3-kinase and Ras/MAPK activation respectively,
which drives cell motility and proliferation (Furge et al., 2000;
Hartmann et al., 1994; Ponzetto et al., 1996; Royal and Park,
1995).
[0005] Met was shown to be transforming in a carcinogen-treated
osteosarcoma cell line (Cooper et al., 1984; Park et al., 1986).
Met overexpression or gene-amplification has been observed in a
variety of human cancers. For example, Met protein is overexpressed
at least 5-fold in colorectal cancers and reported to be
gene-amplified in liver metastasis (Di Renzo et al., 1995; Liu et
al., 1992). Met protein is also reported to be overexpressed in
oral squamous cell carcinoma, hepatocellular carcinoma, renal cell
carcinoma, breast carcinoma, and lung carcinoma (Jin et al., 1997;
Morello et al., 2001; Natali et al., 1996; Olivero et al., 1996;
Suzuki et al., 1994). In addition, overexpression of mRNA has been
observed in hepatocellular carcinoma, gastric carcinoma, and
colorectal carcinoma (Boix et al., 1994; Kuniyasu et al., 1993; Liu
et al., 1992).
[0006] A number of mutations in the kinase domain of Met have been
found in renal papillary carcinoma which leads to constitutive
receptor activation (Olivero et al., 1999; Schmidt et al., 1997;
Schmidt et al., 1999). These activating mutations confer
constitutive Met tyrosine phosphorylation and result in MAPK
activation, focus formation, and tumorigenesis (Jeffers et al.,
1997). In addition, these mutations enhance cell motility and
invasion (Giordano et al., 2000; Lorenzato et al., 2002).
HGF-dependent Met activation in transformed cells mediates
increased motility, scattering, and migration which eventually
leads to invasive tumor growth and metastasis (Jeffers et al.,
1996; Meiners et al., 1998).
[0007] Met has been shown to interact with other proteins that
drive receptor activation, transformation, and invasion. In
neoplastic cells, Met is reported to interact with .alpha.6.beta.4
integrin, a receptor for extracellular matrix (ECM) components such
as laminins, to promote HGF-dependent invasive growth (Trusolino et
al., 2001). In addition, the extracellular domain of Met has been
shown to interact with a member of the semaphorin family, plexin
B1, and to enhance invasive growth (Giordano et al., 2002).
Furthermore, CD44v6, which has been implicated in tumorigenesis and
metastasis, is also reported to form a complex with Met and HGF and
result in Met receptor activation (Orian-Rousseau et al.,
2002).
[0008] Met is a member of the subfamily of RTKs which include Ron
and Sea (Maulik et al., 2002). Prediction of the extracellular
domain structure of Met suggests shared homology with the
semaphorins and plexins. The N-terminus of Met contains a Sema
domain of approximately 500 amino acids that is conserved in all
semaphorins and plexins. The semaphorins and plexins belong to a
large family of secreted and membrane-bound proteins first
described for their role in neural development (Van Vactor and
Lorenz, 1999). However, more recently semaphorin overexpression has
been correlated with tumor invasion and metastasis. A cysteine-rich
PSI domain (also referred to as a Met Related Sequence domain)
found in plexins, semaphorins, and integrins lies adjacent to the
Sema domain followed by four IPT repeats that are
immunoglobulin-like regions found in plexins and transcription
factors. A recent study suggests that the Met Sema domain is
sufficient for HGF and heparin binding (Gherardi et al., 2003).
Furthermore, Kong-Beltran et al. (Cancer Cell (2004), 6:61-73) have
reported that the Sema domain of Met is necessary for receptor
dimerization and activation.
[0009] Numerous molecules targeted at the HGF/c-met pathway have
been reported. These molecules include antibodies such as those
described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,686,292. A portion of the
extracellular domain of c-met has also been shown to be capable of
antagonistic effects against the HGF/c-met pathway. In view of the
important role that this pathway plays in the etiology of various
pathological conditions, however, it is clear that there continues
to be a need for agents that have clinical attributes that are
optimal for development as therapeutic agents. The invention
described herein meets this need and provides other benefits.
[0010] All references cited herein, including patent applications
and publications, are incorporated by reference in their
entirety.
DISCLOSURE OF THE INVENTION
[0011] The invention is in part based on the identification of a
variety of antagonists of the HGF/c-met biological pathway, which
is a biological/cellular process that presents as an important and
advantageous therapeutic target. The invention provides
compositions and methods based on interfering with HGF/c-met
activation, including but not limited to inferfering with HGF
binding to the extracellular portion of c-met and receptor
multimerization. Antagonists of the invention, as described herein,
provide important therapeutic and diagnostic agents for use in
targeting pathological conditions associated with abnormal or
unwanted signaling of the HGF/c-met pathway. Accordingly, the
invention provides methods, compositions, kits and articles of
manufacture related to modulating the HGF/c-met pathway, including
modulation of c-met ligand binding, c-met dimerization, activation,
and other biological/physiological activities associated with
HGF/c-met signaling.
[0012] In one aspect, the invention provides anti-HGF/c-met
therapeutic agents suitable for therapeutic use and capable of
effecting varying degrees of disruption of the HGF/c-met signaling
pathway. For example, in one embodiment, the invention provides a
humanized anti-c-met antibody wherein the monovalent affinity of
the antibody to human c-met (e.g., affinity of the antibody as a
Fab fragment to human c-met) is substantially the same as the
monovalent affinity of a murine antibody (e.g., affinity of the
murine antibody as a Fab fragment to human c-met) comprising,
consisting or consisting essentially of a light chain and heavy
chain variable domain sequence as depicted in FIG. 7 (SEQ ID NO:9
and 10). In another embodiment, the invention provides a humanized
anti-c-met antibody wherein the monovalent affinity of the antibody
to human c-met (e.g., affinity of the antibody as a Fab fragment to
human c-met) is lower, for example at least 3, 5, 7 or 10-fold
lower, than the monovalent affinity of a murine antibody (e.g.,
affinity of the murine antibody as a Fab fragment to human c-met)
comprising, consisting or consisting essentially of a light chain
and heavy chain variable domain sequence as depicted in FIG. 7 (SEQ
ID NO: 9 and 10). In another embodiment, the invention provides an
anti-c-met humanized antibody wherein the monovalent affinity of
the antibody to human c-met (e.g., affinity of the antibody as a
Fab fragment to human c-met) is greater, for example at least 3, 5,
7, 10 or 13-fold greater, than the monovalent affinity of a murine
antibody (e.g., affinity of the murine antibody as a Fab fragment
to human c-met) comprising, consisting or consisting essentially of
a light chain and heavy chain variable domain sequence as depicted
in FIG. 7 (SEQ ID NO: 9 and 10). In one embodiment, the monovalent
affinity of the murine antibody to human c-met is substantially the
same as the binding affinity of a Fab fragment comprising variable
domain sequences of an antibody produced by hybridoma cell line
deposited under American Type Culture Collection Accession Number
ATCC HB-11894 (hybridoma 1A3.3.13) or HB-11895 (hybridoma
5D5.11.6). As is well-established in the art, binding affinity of a
ligand to its receptor can be determined using any of a variety of
assays, and expressed in terms of a variety of quantitative values.
Accordingly, in one embodiment, the binding affinity is expressed
as Kd values and reflects intrinsic binding affinity (e.g., with
minimized avidity effects). Generally and preferably, binding
affinity is measured in vitro, whether in a cell-free or
cell-associated setting. As described in greater detail herein,
fold difference in binding affinity can be quantified in terms of
the ratio of the monovalent binding affinity value of a humanized
antibody (e.g., in Fab form) and the monovalent binding affinity
value of a reference/comparator antibody (e.g., in Fab form) (e.g.,
a murine antibody having donor hypervariable region sequences),
wherein the binding affinity values are determined under similar
assay conditions. Thus, in one embodiment, the fold difference in
binding affinity is determined as the ratio of the Kd values of the
humanized antibody in Fab form and said reference/comparator Fab
antibody. For example, in one embodiment, if an antibody of the
invention (A) has an affinity that is "3-fold lower" than the
affinity of a reference antibody (M), then if the Kd value for A is
3.times., the Kd value of M would be 1x, and the ratio of Kd of A
to Kd of M would be 3:1. Conversely, in one embodiment, if an
antibody of the invention (C) has an affinity that is "3-fold
greater" than the affinity of a reference antibody (R), then if the
Kd value for C is 1x, the Kd value of R would be 3.times., and the
ratio of Kd of C to Kd of R would be 1:3. Any of a number of assays
known in the art, including those described herein, can be used to
obtain binding affinity measurements, including, for example,
Biacore, radioimmunoassay (RIA) and ELISA.
[0013] In one aspect, a HGF/c-met antagonist of the invention
comprises an anti-c-met antibody comprising:
[0014] (a) at least one, two, three, four or five hypervariable
region (HVR) sequences selected from the group consisting of:
[0015] (i) HVR-L1 comprising sequence A1-A17, wherein A1-A17 is
KSSQSLLYTSSQKNYLA (SEQ ID NO:1)
[0016] (ii) HVR-L2 comprising sequence B1-B7, wherein B1-B7 is
WASTRES (SEQ ID NO:2)
[0017] (iii) HVR-L3 comprising sequence C1-C9, wherein C1-C9 is
QQYYAYPWT (SEQ ID NO:3)
[0018] (iv)) HVR-H1 comprising sequence D1-D10, wherein D1-D10 is
GYTFTSYWLH (SEQ ID NO:4)
[0019] (v) HVR-H2 comprising sequence E1-E18, wherein E1-E18 is
GMIDPSNSDTRFNPNFKD (SEQ ID NO:5) and
[0020] (vi) HVR-H3 comprising sequence F1-F11, wherein F1-F11 is
XYGSYVSPLDY (SEQ ID NO:6) and X is not R; and (b) at least one
variant HVR, wherein the variant HVR sequence comprises
modification of at least one residue of the sequence depicted in
SEQ ID NOs:1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6. In one embodiment, HVR-L1 of an
antibody of the invention comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO:1. In
one embodiment, HVR-L2 of an antibody of the invention comprises
the sequence of SEQ ID NO:2. In one embodiment, HVR-L3 of an
antibody of the invention comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO:3. In
one embodiment, HVR-H1 of an antibody of the invention comprises
the sequence of SEQ ID NO:4. In one embodiment, HVR-H2 of an
antibody of the invention comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO:5. In
one embodiment, HVR-H3 of an antibody of the invention comprises
the sequence of SEQ ID NO:6. In one embodiment, HVR-H3 comprises
TYGSYVSPLDY (SEQ ID NO: 7). In one embodiment, HVR-H3 comprises
SYGSYVSPLDY (SEQ ID NO: 8). In one embodiment, an antibody of the
invention comprising these sequences (in combination as described
herein) is humanized or human.
[0021] In one aspect, the invention provides an antibody comprising
one, two, three, four, five or six HVRs, wherein each HVR
comprises, consists or consists essentially of a sequence selected
from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and
8, and wherein SEQ ID NO:1 corresponds to an HVR-L1, SEQ ID NO:2
corresponds to an HVR-L2, SEQ ID NO:3 corresponds to an HVR-L3, SEQ
ID NO:4 corresponds to an HVR-H1, SEQ ID NO:5 corresponds to an
HVR-H2, and SEQ ID NOs:6, 7 or 8 corresponds to an HVR-H3. In one
embodiment, an antibody of the invention comprises HVR-L1, HVR-L2,
HVR-L3, HVR-H1, HVR-H2, and HVR-H3, wherein each, in order,
comprises SEQ ID NO:1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 7. In one embodiment, an
antibody of the invention comprises HVR-L1, HVR-L2, HVR-L3, HVR-H1,
HVR-H2, and HVR-H3, wherein each, in order, comprises SEQ ID NO:1,
2, 3, 4, 5 and 8.
[0022] Variant HVRs in an antibody of the invention can have
modifications of one or more residues within the HVR. In one
embodiment, a HVR-L2 variant comprises 1-5 (1, 2, 3, 4 or 5)
substitutions in any combination of the following positions: B1 (M
or L), B2 (P, T, G or S), B3 (N, G, R or T), B4 (I, N or F), B5 (P,
I, L or G), B6 (A, D, T or V) and B7 (R, I, M or G). In one
embodiment, a HVR-H1 variant comprises 1-5 (1, 2, 3, 4 or 5)
substitutions in any combination of the following positions: D3 (N,
P, L, S, A, I), D5 (I, S or Y), D6 (G, D, T, K, R), D7 (F, H, R, S,
T or V) and D9
[0023] (M or V). In one embodiment, a HVR-H2 variant comprises 1-4
(1, 2, 3 or 4) substitutions in any combination of the following
positions: E7 (Y), E9 (I), E10 (I), E14 (T or Q), E15 (D, K, S, T
or V), E16 (L), E17 (E, H, N or D) and E18 (Y, E or H). In one
embodiment, a HVR-H3 variant comprises 1-5 (1, 2, 3, 4 or 5)
substitutions in any combination of the following positions: F1 (T,
S), F3 (R, S, H, T, A, K), F4 (G), F6 (R, F, M, T, E, K, A, L, W),
F7 (L, I, T, R, K, V), F8 (S, A), F10 (Y, N) and F11 (Q, S, H, F).
Letter(s) in parenthesis following each position indicates an
illustrative substitution (i.e., replacement) amino acid; as would
be evident to one skilled in the art, suitability of other amino
acids as substitution amino acids in the context described herein
can be routinely assessed using techniques known in the art and/or
described herein. In one embodiment, a HVR-L1 comprises the
sequence of SEQ ID NO:1. In one embodiment, F1 in a variant HVR-H3
is T. In one embodiment, F1 in a variant HVR-H3 is S. In one
embodiment, F3 in a variant HVR-H3 is R. In one embodiment, F3 in a
variant HVR-H3 is S. In one embodiment, F7 in a variant HVR-H3 is
T. In one embodiment, an antibody of the invention comprises a
variant HVR-H3 wherein F1 is T or S, F3 is R or S, and F7 is T.
[0024] In one embodiment, an antibody of the invention comprises a
variant HVR-H3 wherein F1 is T, F3 is R and F7 is T. In one
embodiment, an antibody of the invention comprises a variant HVR-H3
wherein F1 is S. In one embodiment, an antibody of the invention
comprises a variant HVR-H3 wherein F1 is T, and F3 is R. In one
embodiment, an antibody of the invention comprises a variant HVR-H3
wherein F1 is S, F3 is R and F7 is T. In one embodiment, an
antibody of the invention comprises a variant HVR-H3 wherein F1 is
T, F3 is S, F7 is T, and F8 is S. In one embodiment, an antibody of
the invention comprises a variant HVR-H3 wherein F1 is T, F3 is S,
F7 is T, and F8 is A. In some embodiments, said variant HVR-H3
antibody further comprises HVR-L1, HVR-L2, HVR-L3, HVR-H1 and
HVR-H2 wherein each comprises, in order, the sequence depicted in
SEQ ID NOs:1, 2, 3, 4 and 5. In some embodiments, these antibodies
further comprise a human subgroup III heavy chain framework
consensus sequence. In one embodiment of these antibodies, the
framework consensus sequence comprises substitution at position 71,
73 and/or 78. In some embodiments of these antibodies, position 71
is A, 73 is T and/or 78 is A. In one embodiment of these
antibodies, these antibodies further comprise a human id light
chain framework consensus sequence.
[0025] In one embodiment, an antibody of the invention comprises a
variant HVR-L2 wherein B6 is V. In some embodiments, said variant
HVR-L2 antibody further comprises HVR-L1, HVR-L3, HVR-H1, HVR-H2
and HVR-H3, wherein each comprises, in order, the sequence depicted
in SEQ ID NOs:1, 3, 4, 5 and 6. In some embodiments, said variant
HVR-L2 antibody further comprises HVR-L1, HVR-L3, HVR-H1, HVR-H2
and HVR-H3, wherein each comprises, in order, the sequence depicted
in SEQ ID NOs:1, 3, 4, 5 and 7. In some embodiments, said variant
HVR-L2 antibody further comprises HVR-L1, HVR-L3, HVR-H1, HVR-H2
and HVR-H3, wherein each comprises, in order, the sequence depicted
in SEQ ID NOs:1, 3, 4, 5 and 8. In some embodiments, these
antibodies further comprise a human subgroup III heavy chain
framework consensus sequence. In one embodiment of these
antibodies, the framework consensus sequence comprises substitution
at position 71, 73 and/or 78. In some embodiments of these
antibodies, position 71 is A, 73 is T and/or 78 is A. In one
embodiment of these antibodies, these antibodies further comprise a
human id light chain framework consensus sequence.
[0026] In one embodiment, an antibody of the invention comprises a
variant HVR-H2 wherein E14 is T, E15 is K and E17 is E. In one
embodiment, an antibody of the invention comprises a variant HVR-H2
wherein E17 is E. In some embodiments, said variant HVR-H3 antibody
further comprises HVR-L1, HVR-L2, HVR-L3, HVR-H1, and HVR-H3
wherein each comprises, in order, the sequence depicted in SEQ ID
NOs:1, 2, 3, 4 and 6. In some embodiments, said variant HVR-H2
antibody further comprises HVR-L1, HVR-L2, HVR-L3, HVR-H1, and
HVR-H3, wherein each comprises, in order, the sequence depicted in
SEQ ID NOs:1, 2, 3, 4, and 7. In some embodiments, said variant
HVR-H2 antibody further comprises HVR-L1, HVR-L2, HVR-L3, HVR-H1,
and HVR-H3, wherein each comprises, in order, the sequence depicted
in SEQ ID NOs:1, 2, 3, 4, and 8. In some embodiments, these
antibodies further comprise a human subgroup III heavy chain
framework consensus sequence. In one embodiment of these
antibodies, the framework consensus sequence comprises substitution
at position 71, 73 and/or 78. In some embodiments of these
antibodies, position 71 is A, 73 is T and/or 78 is A. In one
embodiment of these antibodies, these antibodies further comprise a
human .kappa.I light chain framework consensus sequence.
[0027] In one aspect, the invention provides an antibody comprising
one, two, three, four, five or all of the HVR sequences depicted in
FIGS. 2, 3 and/or 4 (SEQ ID NOs:56-163).
[0028] A therapeutic agent for use in a host subject preferably
elicits little to no immunogenic response against the agent in said
subject. In one embodiment, the invention provides such an agent.
For example, in one embodiment, the invention provides a humanized
antibody that elicits and/or is expected to elicit a human
anti-mouse antibody response (HAMA) at a substantially reduced
level compared to an antibody comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO:
9 & 10 in a host subject. In another example, the invention
provides a humanized antibody that elicits and/or is expected to
elicit minimal or no human anti-mouse antibody response (HAMA). In
one example, an antibody of the invention elicits anti-mouse
antibody response that is at or less than a clinically-acceptable
level.
[0029] A humanized antibody of the invention may comprise one or
more human and/or human consensus non-hypervariable region (e.g.,
framework) sequences in its heavy and/or light chain variable
domain. In some embodiments, one or more additional modifications
are present within the human and/or human consensus
non-hypervariable region sequences. In one embodiment, the heavy
chain variable domain of an antibody of the invention comprises a
human consensus framework sequence, which in one embodiment is the
subgroup III consensus framework sequence. In one embodiment, an
antibody of the invention comprises a variant subgroup III
consensus framework sequence modified at least one amino acid
position. For example, in one embodiment, a variant subgroup III
consensus framework sequence may comprise a substitution at one or
more of positions 71, 73 and/or 78. In one embodiment, said
substitution is R71A, N73T and/or N78A, in any combination
thereof.
[0030] As is known in the art, and as described in greater detail
hereinbelow, the amino acid position/boundary delineating a
hypervariable region of an antibody can vary, depending on the
context and the various definitions known in the art (as described
below). Some positions within a variable domain may be viewed as
hybrid hypervariable positions in that these positions can be
deemed to be within a hypervariable region under one set of
criteria while being deemed to be outside a hypervariable region
under a different set of criteria. One or more of these positions
can also be found in extended hypervariable regions (as further
defined below). The invention provides antibodies comprising
modifications in these hybrid hypervariable positions. In one
embodiment, these hybrid hypervariable positions include one or
more of positions 26-30, 33-35B, 47-49, 57-65, 93, 94 and 102 in a
heavy chain variable domain. In one embodiment, these hybrid
hypervariable positions include one or more of positions 24-29,
35-36, 46-49, 56 and 97 in a light chain variable domain. In one
embodiment, an antibody of the invention comprises a variant human
subgroup consensus framework sequence modified at one or more
hybrid hypervariable positions. In one embodiment, an antibody of
the invention comprises a heavy chain variable domain comprising a
variant human subgroup III consensus framework sequence modified at
one or more of positions 27-28, 30, 33-35, 49, 57-65, 94 and 102.
In one embodiment, the antibody comprises a F27Y substitution. In
one embodiment, the antibody comprises a T28N, P, L, S, A or I
substitution. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises a S30I, T
or Y substitution. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises a A33W
substitution. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises a M34L or
M34V substitution. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises a S35H
substitution. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises a T57I
substitution. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises a Y58R
substitution. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises a Y59F
substitution. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises a A60N
substitution. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises a D61P, T
or Q substitution. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises a
S62N, D, K, T or V substitution. In one embodiment, the antibody
comprises a V63F or V63L substitution. In one embodiment, the
antibody comprises a K64E, H, N, D or Q substitution. In one
embodiment, the antibody comprises a G65D, Y, E or H substitution.
In one embodiment, the antibody comprises a R94T or R94S
substitution. In one embodiment, the antibody comprises a Y102Q, S,
H or F substitution. In one embodiment, an antibody of the
invention comprising said R94T or R94S modification further
comprises one or more modifications at position 96 and/or 100. In
one embodiment, said modifications comprise a G96R and/or S100T
substitution (i.e., in HVR-H3). In one embodiment, an antibody of
the invention comprises a light chain variable domain comprising a
variant human kappa subgroup I consensus framework sequence
modified at one or more of positions 24, 25, 29 and 56. In one
embodiment, the antibody comprises a R24K substitution. In one
embodiment, the antibody comprises a A25S substitution. In one
embodiment, the antibody comprises a 129Q substitution. In one
embodiment, the antibody comprises a S56R, I, M or G
substitution.
[0031] In one embodiment, an antibody of the invention comprises a
heavy chain variable domain comprising a variant human subgroup III
consensus framework sequence modified at 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9,
10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 or all of positions 27-28, 30,
33-35, 49, 57-65, 94 and 102. In one embodiment, modification is
selected from the group consisting of F27Y, T28(N, P, L, S, A or
I), S30(I, T or Y), A33W, M34(L,V), S35H, T57I, Y58R, Y59F, A60N,
D61(P, T, Q), S62(N, D, K, T,V), V63(F,L), K64(E, H, N, D, Q),
G65(D, Y, E, H), R94(T,S) and Y102(Q, S, H, F). In one embodiment,
an antibody of the invention comprising said R94T or R94S
modification further comprises one or more modifications at
position 96 and/or 100. In one embodiment, said modifications
comprise a G96R and/or S100T substitution (i.e., in HVR-H3).
[0032] In one embodiment, an antibody of the invention comprises a
light chain variable domain comprising a variant human kappa
subgroup I consensus framework sequence modified at 1, 2, 3 or all
of positions 24, 25, 29 and 56. In one embodiment, modification is
selected from the group consisting of R24K, A25S, 129Q and S56(R,
I, M, G).
[0033] An antibody of the invention can comprise any suitable human
or human consensus light chain framework sequences, provided the
antibody exhibits the desired biological characteristics (e.g., a
desired binding affinity). In one embodiment, an antibody of the
invention comprises at least a portion (or all) of the framework
sequence of human .kappa. light chain. In one embodiment, an
antibody of the invention comprises at least a portion (or all) of
human .kappa. subgroup I framework consensus sequence.
[0034] In one embodiment, an antibody of the invention comprises a
heavy and/or light chain variable domain comprising framework
sequence depicted in SEQ ID NO: 12 and/or 14 (FIG. 1), provided
position 94 in the heavy chain is not R (and is preferably but not
necessarily S or T).
[0035] In one aspect, an antibody of the invention is a humanized
anti-c-met antibody that inhibits binding of human hepatocyte
growth factor to its receptor better than a reference antibody
comprising a chimeric anti-c-met antibody comprising a light chain
and heavy chain variable sequence as depicted in FIG. 7 (SEQ ID NO:
9 and 10). For example, in one embodiment, an antibody of the
invention inhibits HGF binding with an IC50 value that is less than
about half that of the chimeric antibody. In one embodiment, the
IC50 value of an antibody of the invention is about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3
or 0.4 that of the chimeric antibody. Comparison of abilities to
inhibit HGF binding to its receptor can be performed according to
various methods known in the art, including as described in the
Examples below. In one embodiment, IC50 values are determined
across an antibody concentration range from about 0.01 nM to around
1000 nM.
[0036] In one aspect, an antibody of the invention is a humanized
anti-c-met antibody that inhibits human hepatocyte growth factor
(HGF) receptor activation better than a reference antibody
comprising a chimeric anti-c-met antibody comprising a light chain
and heavy chain variable sequence as depicted in FIG. 7 (SEQ ID NO:
9 and 10). For example in one embodiment, an antibody of the
invention inhibits receptor activation with an IC50 value that is
less than about half that of the chimeric antibody. In one
embodiment, the IC50 value of an antibody of the invention is about
0.1, 0.2, 0.3 or 0.4 that of the chimeric antibody. Comparison of
abilities to inhibit HGF receptor activation can be performed
according to various methods known in the art, including as
described in the Examples below. In one embodiment, IC50 values are
determined across an antibody concentration range from about 0.1 nM
to about 100 nM.
[0037] In one aspect, an antibody of the invention is a humanized
anti-c-met antibody that inhibits c-met-dependent cell
proliferation better than a reference antibody comprising a
chimeric anti-c-met antibody comprising a light chain and heavy
chain variable sequence as depicted in FIG. 7 (SEQ ID NO: 9 and
10). For example, in one embodiment, an antibody of the invention
inhibits cell proliferation with an IC50 value that is less than
about half that of the chimeric antibody. In one embodiment, the
IC50 value of an antibody of the invention is about 0.1, 0.2, 0.3
or 0.4 that of the chimeric antibody. Comparison of abilities to
inhibit cell proliferation can be performed according to various
methods known in the art, including as described in the Examples
below. In one embodiment, IC50 values are determined across an
antibody concentration range from about 0.01 nM to about 100
nM.
[0038] In one embodiment, both the humanized antibody and chimeric
antibody are monovalent. In one embodiment, both the humanized
antibody and chimeric antibody comprise a single Fab region linked
to an Fc region. In one embodiment, the reference chimeric antibody
comprises variable domain sequences depicted in FIG. 7 (SEQ ID NO:
9 and 10) linked to a human Fc region. In one embodiment, the human
Fc region is that of an IgG (e.g., IgG1, 2, 3 or 4).
[0039] In one aspect, the invention provides an antibody comprising
a heavy chain variable domain comprising the HVR1-HC, HVR2-HC
and/or HVR3-HC sequence depicted in FIG. 13. In one embodiment, the
variable domain comprises FR1-HC, FR2-HC, FR3-HC and/or FR4-HC
sequence depicted in FIG. 13. In one embodiment, the antibody
comprises CH1 and/or Fc sequence depicted in FIG. 13. In one
embodiment, an antibody of the invention comprises a heavy chain
variable domain comprising the HVR1-HC, HVR2-HC and/or HVR3-HC
sequence, and the FR1-HC, FR2-HC, FR3-HC and/or FR4-HC sequence
depicted in FIG. 13. In one embodiment, an antibody of the
invention comprises a heavy chain variable domain comprising the
HVR1-HC, HVR2-HC and/or HVR3-HC sequence, and the CH1 and/or Fc
sequence depicted in FIG. 13. In one embodiment, an antibody of the
invention comprises a heavy chain variable domain comprising the
HVR1-HC, HVR2-HC and/or HVR3-HC sequence, and the FR1-HC, FR2-HC,
FR3-HC and/or FR4-HC sequence depicted in FIG. 13, and the CH1
and/or Fc sequence depicted in FIG. 13. In one embodiment, the Fc
region of the antibody of the invention comprises a complex between
a polypeptide comprising the Fc sequence in FIG. 13 and a
polypeptide comprising the Fc sequence in FIG. 14.
[0040] In one aspect, the invention provides an antibody comprising
a light chain variable domain comprising HVR1-LC, HVR2-LC and/or
HVR3-LC sequence depicted in FIG. 13. In one embodiment, the
variable domain comprises FR1-LC, FR2-LC, FR3-LC and/or FR4-LC
sequence depicted in FIG. 13. In one embodiment, the antibody
comprises CL1 sequence depicted in FIG. 13.
[0041] In one embodiment, an antibody of the invention comprises
light and heavy chain variable domains as described in the
preceding two paragraphs. In one embodiment, the antibody is
monovalent and comprises an Fc region. In one embodiment, the Fc
region comprises at least one protuberance (knob) and at least one
cavity (hole), wherein presence of the protuberance and cavity
enhances formation of a complex between an Fc polypeptide
comprising the protuberance and an Fc polypeptide comprising the
cavity, for example as described in WO 2005/063816. In one
embodiment, the Fc region of an antibody of the invention comprises
a first and a second Fc polypeptide, wherein the first and second
polypeptide each comprises one or more mutations with respect to
wild type human Fc. In one embodiment, a cavity mutation is T366S,
L368A and/or Y407V. In one embodiment, a protuberance mutation is
T366W. In one embodiment, the first polypeptide comprises the Fc
sequence depicted in FIG. 13 and the second polypeptide comprises
the Fc sequence depicted in FIG. 14.
[0042] Antagonists of the invention can be used to modulate one or
more aspects of HGF/c-met-associated effects, including but not
limited to c-met activation, downstream molecular signaling (e.g.,
mitogen activated protein kinase (MAPK) phosphorylation), cell
proliferation, cell migration, cell survival, cell morphogenesis
and angiogenesis. These effects can be modulated by any
biologically relevant mechanism, including disruption of ligand
(e.g., HGF) binding to c-met, c-met phosphorylation and/or c-met
multimerization. Accordingly, in one embodiment, the invention
provides a c-met antagonist antibody that inhibits binding of HGF
to c-met. In one embodiment, a c-met antagonist antibody of the
invention disrupts c-met multimerization (e.g., dimerization). In
one embodiment, a c-met antagonist antibody of the invention
disrupts dimerization function of c-met Sema domain. In one
example, a c-met antagonist antibody interferes with ability of
c-met Sema domain to effect c-met dimerization. Interference can be
direct or indirect. For example, a c-met antagonist antibody may
bind to a sequence within the c-met Sema domain, and thereby
inhibit interaction of said bound domain with its binding partner
(such as another c-met molecule). In another example, a c-met
antagonist antibody may bind to a sequence that is not within the
c-met Sema domain, but wherein said binding results in disruption
of the ability of the c-met Sema domain to interact with its
binding partner (such as another c-met molecule). In one
embodiment, an antagonist antibody of the invention binds to c-met
(e.g., the extracellular domain) such that c-met dimerization is
disrupted. In one embodiment, an antagonist antibody of the
invention binds to c-met such that ability of c-met Sema domain to
effect c-met dimerization is disrupted. For example, in one
embodiment, the invention provides an antagonist antibody which
upon binding to a c-met molecule inhibits dimerization of said
molecule. In one embodiment, a c-met antagonist antibody of the
invention specifically binds a sequence in the c-met Sema
domain.
[0043] In one embodiment, an antagonist antibody of the invention
disrupts c-met dimerization comprising homodimerization. In one
embodiment, an antagonist antibody of the invention disrupts c-met
dimerization comprising heterodimerization (i.e., c-met
dimerization with a non-c-met molecule).
[0044] In some instances, it may be advantageous to have a c-met
antagonist antibody that does not interfere with binding of a
ligand (such as HGF) to c-met. Accordingly, in one embodiment, the
invention provides an antibody that does not bind an HGF binding
site on c-met. In another embodiment, an antibody of the invention
does not substantially inhibit HGF binding to c-met. In one
embodiment, an antibody of the invention does not substantially
compete with HGF for binding to c-met. In one example, an
antagonist antibody of the invention can be used in conjunction
with one or more other antagonists, wherein the antagonists are
targeted at different processes and/or functions within the
HGF/c-met axis. Thus, in one embodiment, a c-met antagonist
antibody of the invention binds to an epitope on c-met distinct
from an epitope bound by another c-met antagonist (such as the Fab
fragment of the monoclonal antibody produced by the hybridoma cell
line deposited under American Type Culture Collection Accession
Number ATCC HB-11894 (hybridoma 1A3.3.13)). In another embodiment,
a c-met antagonist antibody of the invention is distinct from
(i.e., it is not) a Fab fragment of the monoclonal antibody
produced by the hybridoma cell line deposited under American Type
Culture Collection Accession Number ATCC HB-11894 (hybridoma
1A3.3.13).
[0045] In one embodiment, the invention provides a c-met antagonist
antibody that disrupts both c-met multimerization and ligand
binding. For example, an antagonist antibody of the invention that
inhibits c-met multimerization (e g, dimerization) may further
comprise an ability to compete with HGF for binding to c-met.
[0046] In one embodiment of a c-met antagonist antibody of the
invention, binding of the antagonist to c-met inhibits c-met
activation by HGF. In another embodiment of a c-met antagonist
antibody of the invention, binding of the antagonist to c-met in a
cell inhibits proliferation, survival, scattering, morphogenesis
and/or motility of the cell.
[0047] In one embodiment, a c-met antagonist antibody of the
invention specifically binds at least a portion of c-met Sema
domain or variant thereof. In one example, an antagonist antibody
of the invention specifically binds at least one of the sequences
selected from the group consisting of LDAQT (SEQ ID NO:15) (e.g.,
residues 269-273 of c-met), LTEKRKKRS (SEQ ID NO:16) (e.g.,
residues 300-308 of c-met), KPDSAEPM (SEQ ID NO:17) (e.g., residues
350-357 of c-met) and NVRCLQHF (SEQ ID NO:18) (e.g., residues
381-388 of c-met). In one embodiment, an antagonist antibody of the
invention specifically binds a conformational epitope formed by
part or all of at least one of the sequences selected from the
group consisting of LDAQT (e.g., residues 269-273 of c-met),
LTEKRKKRS (e.g., residues 300-308 of c-met), KPDSAEPM (e.g.,
residues 350-357 of c-met) and NVRCLQHF (e.g., residues 381-388 of
c-met). In one embodiment, an antagonist antibody of the invention
specifically binds an amino acid sequence having at least 50%, 60%,
70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98% sequence identity or similarity with the
sequence LDAQT, LTEKRKKRS, KPDSAEPM and/or NVRCLQHF.
[0048] In one embodiment, an antibody of the invention specifically
binds to HGF receptor of a first animal species, and does not
specifically bind to HGF receptor of a second animal species. In
one embodiment, the first animal species is human and/or primate
(e.g., cynomolgus monkey), and the second animal species is murine
(e.g., mouse) and/or canine. In one embodiment, the first animal
species is human. In one embodiment, the first animal species is
primate, for example cynomolgus monkey. In one embodiment, the
second animal species is murine, for example mouse. In one
embodiment, the second animal species is canine.
[0049] In one aspect, the invention provides compositions
comprising one or more antagonist antibodies of the invention and a
carrier. In one embodiment, the carrier is pharmaceutically
acceptable.
[0050] In one aspect, the invention provides nucleic acids encoding
a c-met antagonist antibody of the invention.
[0051] In one aspect, the invention provides vectors comprising a
nucleic acid of the invention. In one aspect, the invention
provides host cells comprising a nucleic acid or a vector of the
invention. A vector can be of any type, for example a recombinant
vector such as an expression vector. Any of a variety of host cells
can be used. In one embodiment, a host cell is a prokaryotic cell,
for example, E. coli. In one embodiment, a host cell is a
eukaryotic cell, for example a mammalian cell such as Chinese
Hamster Ovary (CHO) cell.
[0052] In one aspect, the invention provides methods for making an
antagonist of the invention. For example, the invention provides a
method of making a c-met antagonist antibody (which, as defined
herein includes full length and fragments thereof), said method
comprising expressing in a suitable host cell a recombinant vector
of the invention encoding said antibody (or fragment thereof), and
recovering said antibody.
[0053] In one aspect, the invention provides an article of
manufacture comprising a container; and a composition contained
within the container, wherein the composition comprises one or more
c-met antagonist antibodies of the invention. In one embodiment,
the composition comprises a nucleic acid of the invention. In one
embodiment, a composition comprising an antagonist antibody further
comprises a carrier, which in some embodiments is pharmaceutically
acceptable. In one embodiment, an article of manufacture of the
invention further comprises instructions for administering the
composition (e.g., the antagonist antibody) to a subject.
[0054] In one aspect, the invention provides a kit comprising a
first container comprising a composition comprising one or more
c-met antagonist antibodies of the invention; and a second
container comprising a buffer. In one embodiment, the buffer is
pharmaceutically acceptable. In one embodiment, a composition
comprising an antagonist antibody further comprises a carrier,
which in some embodiments is pharmaceutically acceptable. In one
embodiment, a kit further comprises instructions for administering
the composition (e.g., the antagonist antibody) to a subject.
[0055] In one aspect, the invention provides use of a c-met
antagonist antibody of the invention in the preparation of a
medicament for the therapeutic and/or prophylactic treatment of a
disease, such as a cancer, a tumor, a cell proliferative disorder,
an immune (such as autoimmune) disorder and/or an
angiogenesis-related disorder.
[0056] In one aspect, the invention provides use of a nucleic acid
of the invention in the preparation of a medicament for the
therapeutic and/or prophylactic treatment of a disease, such as a
cancer, a tumor, a cell proliferative disorder, an immune (such as
autoimmune) disorder and/or an angiogenesis-related disorder.
[0057] In one aspect, the invention provides use of an expression
vector of the invention in the preparation of a medicament for the
therapeutic and/or prophylactic treatment of a disease, such as a
cancer, a tumor, a cell proliferative disorder, an immune (such as
autoimmune) disorder and/or an angiogenesis-related disorder.
[0058] In one aspect, the invention provides use of a host cell of
the invention in the preparation of a medicament for the
therapeutic and/or prophylactic treatment of a disease, such as a
cancer, a tumor, a cell proliferative disorder, an immune (such as
autoimmune) disorder and/or an angiogenesis-related disorder.
[0059] In one aspect, the invention provides use of an article of
manufacture of the invention in the preparation of a medicament for
the therapeutic and/or prophylactic treatment of a disease, such as
a cancer, a tumor, a cell proliferative disorder, an immune (such
as autoimmune) disorder and/or an angiogenesis-related
disorder.
[0060] In one aspect, the invention provides use of a kit of the
invention in the preparation of a medicament for the therapeutic
and/or prophylactic treatment of a disease, such as a cancer, a
tumor, a cell proliferative disorder, an immune (such as
autoimmune) disorder and/or an angiogenesis-related disorder.
[0061] The invention provides methods and compositions useful for
modulating disease states associated with dysregulation of the
HGF/c-met signaling axis. The HGF/c-met signaling pathway is
involved in multiple biological and physiological functions,
including, e.g., cell proliferation and angiogenesis. Thus, in one
aspect, the invention provides a method comprising administering to
a subject an antibody of the invention.
[0062] In one aspect, the invention provides a method of inhibiting
c-met activated cell proliferation, said method comprising
contacting a cell or tissue with an effective amount of a antibody
of the invention, whereby cell proliferation associated with c-met
activation is inhibited.
[0063] In one aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a
pathological condition associated with dysregulation of c-met
activation in a subject, said method comprising administering to
the subject an effective amount of an antibody of the invention,
whereby said condition is treated.
[0064] In one aspect, the invention provides a method of inhibiting
the growth of a cell that expresses c-met or hepatocyte growth
factor, or both, said method comprising contacting said cell with
an antibody of the invention thereby causing an inhibition of
growth of said cell. In one embodiment, the cell is contacted by
HGF expressed by a different cell (e.g., through a paracrine
effect).
[0065] In one aspect, the invention provides a method of
therapeutically treating a mammal having a cancerous tumor
comprising a cell that expresses c-met or hepatocyte growth factor,
or both, said method comprising administering to said mammal an
effective amount of an antibody of the invention, thereby
effectively treating said mammal. In one embodiment, the cell is
contacted by HGF expressed by a different cell (e.g., through a
paracrine effect).
[0066] In one aspect, the invention provides a method for treating
or preventing a cell proliferative disorder associated with
increased expression or activity of c-met or hepatocyte growth, or
both, said method comprising administering to a subject in need of
such treatment an effective amount of an antibody of the invention,
thereby effectively treating or preventing said cell proliferative
disorder. In one embodiment, said proliferative disorder is
cancer.
[0067] In one aspect, the invention provides a method for
inhibiting the growth of a cell, wherein growth of said cell is at
least in part dependent upon a growth potentiating effect of c-met
or hepatocyte growth factor, or both, said method comprising
contacting said cell with an effective amount of an antibody of the
invention, thereby inhibiting the growth of said cell. In one
embodiment, the cell is contacted by HGF expressed by a different
cell (e.g., through a paracrine effect).
[0068] A method of therapeutically treating a tumor in a mammal,
wherein the growth of said tumor is at least in part dependent upon
a growth potentiating effect of c-met or hepatocyte growth factor,
or both, said method comprising contacting said cell with an
effective amount of an antibody of the invention, thereby
effectively treating said tumor. In one embodiment, the cell is
contacted by HGF expressed by a different cell (e.g., through a
paracrine effect).
[0069] Methods of the invention can be used to affect any suitable
pathological state, for example, cells and/or tissues associated
with dysregulation of the HGF/c-met signaling pathway. In one
embodiment, a cell that is targeted in a method of the invention is
a cancer cell. For example, a cancer cell can be one selected from
the group consisting of a breast cancer cell, a colorectal cancer
cell, a lung cancer cell, a papillary carcinoma cell (e.g., of the
thyroid gland), a colon cancer cell, a pancreatic cancer cell, an
ovarian cancer cell, a cervical cancer cell, a central nervous
system cancer cell, an osteogenic sarcoma cell, a renal carcinoma
cell, a hepatocellular carcinoma cell, a bladder cancer cell, a
gastric carcinoma cell, a head and neck squamous carcinoma cell, a
melanoma cell and a leukemia cell. In one embodiment, a cell that
is targeted in a method of the invention is a hyperproliferative
and/or hyperplastic cell. In one embodiment, a cell that is
targeted in a method of the invention is a dysplastic cell. In yet
another embodiment, a cell that is targeted in a method of the
invention is a metastatic cell.
[0070] Methods of the invention can further comprise additional
treatment steps. For example, in one embodiment, a method further
comprises a step wherein a targeted cell and/or tissue (e.g., a
cancer cell) is exposed to radiation treatment or a
chemotherapeutic agent.
[0071] As described herein, c-met activation is an important
biological process the dysregulation of which leads to numerous
pathological conditions. Accordingly, in one embodiment of methods
of the invention, a cell that is targeted (e.g., a cancer cell) is
one in which activation of c-met is enhanced as compared to a
normal cell of the same tissue origin. In one embodiment, a method
of the invention causes the death of a targeted cell. For example,
contact with an antagonist of the invention may result in a cell's
inability to signal through the c-met pathway, which results in
cell death.
[0072] Dysregulation of c-met activation (and thus signaling) can
result from a number of cellular changes, including, for example,
overexpression of HGF (c-met's cognate ligand) and/or c-met itself
Accordingly, in some embodiments, a method of the invention
comprises targeting a cell wherein c-met or hepatoctye growth
factor, or both, is more abundantly expressed by said cell (e.g., a
cancer cell) as compared to a normal cell of the same tissue
origin. A c-met-expressing cell can be regulated by HGF from a
variety of sources, i.e. in an autocrine or paracrine manner. For
example, in one embodiment of methods of the invention, a targeted
cell is contacted/bound by hepatocyte growth factor expressed in a
different cell (e.g., via a paracrine effect). Said different cell
can be of the same or of a different tissue origin. In one
embodiment, a targeted cell is contacted/bound by HGF expressed by
the targeted cell itself (e.g., via an autocrine effect/loop).
C-met activation and/or signaling can also occur independent of
ligand. Hence, in one embodiment of methods of the invention, c-met
activation in a targeted cell occurs independent of ligand.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0073] FIGS. 1A and 1B depict alignment of sequences of the
variable light and heavy chains for the following: light chain
human subgroup I consensus sequence, heavy chain human subgroup III
consensus sequence, murine 5D5 anti-c-met antibody and 5D5-grafted
"humanized" antibody.
[0074] FIGS. 2A and 2B depict various HVR sequences of selected
affinity-matured antibodies from libraries with
individually-randomized HVR.
[0075] FIG. 3 depicts HVR-H3 sequences of selected affinity-matured
antibodies from a library pool comprising a combination of 6
libraries encompassing all six HVRs wherein each library is
randomized in a single HVR.
[0076] FIG. 4 depicts results of Biacore analysis of selected
anti-c-met antibodies.
[0077] FIGS. 5A,B & 6A,B depict exemplary acceptor human
consensus framework sequences for use in practicing the instant
invention with sequence identifiers as follows:
Variable Heavy (VH) Consensus Frameworks (FIGS. 5A, B)
[0078] human VH subgroup I consensus framework minus Kabat CDRs
(SEQ ID NO:19) human VH subgroup I consensus framework minus
extended hypervariable regions (SEQ ID NOs:20-22) human VH subgroup
II consensus framework minus Kabat CDRs (SEQ ID NO:23) human VH
subgroup II consensus framework minus extended hypervariable
regions (SEQ ID NOs:24-26) human VH subgroup III consensus
framework minus Kabat CDRs (SEQ ID NO:27) human VH subgroup III
consensus framework minus extended hypervariable regions (SEQ ID
NOs:28-30) human VH acceptor framework minus Kabat CDRs (SEQ ID
NO:31) human VH acceptor framework minus extended hypervariable
regions (SEQ ID NOs:32-33) human VH acceptor 2 framework minus
Kabat CDRs (SEQ ID NO:34) human VH acceptor 2 framework minus
extended hypervariable regions (SEQ ID NOs:35-37)
Variable Light (VL) Consensus Frameworks (FIGS. 6A,B)
[0079] human VL kappa subgroup I consensus framework (SEQ ID NO:38)
human VL kappa subgroup II consensus framework (SEQ ID NO:39) human
VL kappa subgroup III consensus framework (SEQ ID NO:40) human VL
kappa subgroup IV consensus framework (SEQ ID NO:41)
[0080] FIG. 7 depicts donor (murine antibody 5D5) light chain (LC)
and heavy chain (HC) variable domain sequences.
[0081] FIG. 8 depicts graphical data for blocking of HGF binding to
its receptor by an antibody of the invention.
[0082] FIG. 9 depicts graphical data for inhibition of HGF receptor
activation by an antibody of the invention.
[0083] FIG. 10 depicts graphical data for inhibition of cell
proliferation by an antibody of the invention. "rchOA5D5 HGF"
refers to chimeric one-armed 5D5 antibody plus HGF; "rhuOA5D5v2
HGF" refers to OA5D5.v2 plus HGF; "rhuOA5D5v1 HGF" refers to
OA5D5.v1 plus HGF''. "rchOA5D5 Control" refers to chimeric
one-armed 5D5 antibody without HGF; "rhuOA5D5v2 Control" refers to
OA5D5.v2 without HGF; "rhuOA5D5v1 Control" refers to OA5D5.v1
without HGF''.
[0084] FIGS. 11A, B depicts data for inhibition of receptor
phosphorylation in the presence of an antibody of the invention.
FIG. 11A depicts receptor phosphorylation of H358 cells. FIG. 11B
depicts receptor phosphorylation of H358 cells transfected with
HGF.
[0085] FIG. 12 depicts graphical data showing in vivo efficacy of
an antibody of the invention. "TI" refers to tumor incidence.
TI=8/10 refers to 8 mice having tumors out of a group of 10 mice.
TI=2/8 refers to 2 mice having tumors out of a group of 8 mice.
[0086] FIG. 13 depicts amino acid sequences of the framework (FR),
hypervariable region (HVR), first constant domain (CL or CH1) and
Fc region (Fc) of one embodiment of an antibody of the invention
(5D5.v2). The Fc sequence depicted comprises "hole" (cavity)
mutations T366S, L368A and Y407V, as described in WO
2005/063816.
[0087] FIG. 14 depicts sequence of an Fc polypeptide comprising
"knob" (protuberance) mutation T366W, as described in WO
2005/063816. In one embodiment, an Fc polypeptide comprising this
sequence forms a complex with an Fc polypeptide comprising the Fc
sequence of FIG. 13 to generate an Fc region of an antibody of the
invention.
MODES FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[0088] The invention provides methods, compositions, kits and
articles of manufacture for identifying and/or using inhibitors of
the HGF/c-met signaling pathway.
[0089] Details of these methods, compositions, kits and articles of
manufacture are provided herein.
General Techniques
[0090] The practice of the present invention will employ, unless
otherwise indicated, conventional techniques of molecular biology
(including recombinant techniques), microbiology, cell biology,
biochemistry, and immunology, which are within the skill of the
art. Such techniques are explained fully in the literature, such
as, "Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual", second edition
(Sambrook et al., 1989); "Oligonucleotide Synthesis" (M. J. Gait,
ed., 1984); "Animal Cell Culture" (R. I. Freshney, ed., 1987);
"Methods in Enzymology" (Academic Press, Inc.); "Current Protocols
in Molecular Biology" (F. M. Ausubel et al., eds., 1987, and
periodic updates); "PCR: The Polymerase Chain Reaction", (Mullis et
al., ed., 1994); "A Practical Guide to Molecular Cloning" (Perbal
Bernard V., 1988); "Phage Display: A Laboratory Manual" (Barbas et
al., 2001).
DEFINITIONS
[0091] A "modification" of an amino acid residue/position, as used
herein, refers to a change of a primary amino acid sequence as
compared to a starting amino acid sequence, wherein the change
results from a sequence alteration involving said amino acid
residue/positions. For example, typical modifications include
substitution of the residue (or at said position) with another
amino acid (e.g., a conservative or non-conservative substitution),
insertion of one or more (generally fewer than 5 or 3) amino acids
adjacent to said residue/position, and deletion of said
residue/position. An "amino acid substitution", or variation
thereof, refers to the replacement of an existing amino acid
residue in a predetermined (starting) amino acid sequence with a
different amino acid residue. Generally and preferably, the
modification results in alteration in at least one
physicobiochemical activity of the variant polypeptide compared to
a polypeptide comprising the starting (or "wild type") amino acid
sequence. For example, in the case of an antibody, a
physicobiochemical activity that is altered can be binding
affinity, binding capability and/or binding effect upon a target
molecule.
[0092] An "isolated" antibody is one which has been identified and
separated and/or recovered from a component of its natural
environment. Contaminant components of its natural environment are
materials which would interfere with diagnostic or therapeutic uses
for the antibody, and may include enzymes, hormones, and other
proteinaceous or nonproteinaceous solutes. In preferred
embodiments, the antibody will be purified (1) to greater than 95%
by weight of antibody as determined by the Lowry method, and most
preferably more than 99% by weight, (2) to a degree sufficient to
obtain at least 15 residues of N-terminal or internal amino acid
sequence by use of a spinning cup sequenator, or (3) to homogeneity
by SDS-PAGE under reducing or nonreducing conditions using
Coomassie blue or, preferably, silver stain. Isolated antibody
includes the antibody in situ within recombinant cells since at
least one component of the antibody's natural environment will not
be present. Ordinarily, however, isolated antibody will be prepared
by at least one purification step.
[0093] The term "variable domain residue numbering as in Kabat" or
"amino acid position numbering as in Kabat", and variations
thereof, refers to the numbering system used for heavy chain
variable domains or light chain variable domains of the compilation
of antibodies in Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of
Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National
Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991). Using this numbering
system, the actual linear amino acid sequence may contain fewer or
additional amino acids corresponding to a shortening of, or
insertion into, a FR or CDR of the variable domain. For example, a
heavy chain variable domain may include a single amino acid insert
(residue 52a according to Kabat) after residue 52 of H2 and
inserted residues (e.g. residues 82a, 82b, and 82c, etc according
to Kabat) after heavy chain FR residue 82. The Kabat numbering of
residues may be determined for a given antibody by alignment at
regions of homology of the sequence of the antibody with a
"standard" Kabat numbered sequence.
[0094] The phrase "substantially similar," or "substantially the
same", as used herein, denotes a sufficiently high degree of
similarity between two numeric values (generally one associated
with an antibody of the invention and the other associated with a
reference/comparator antibody) such that one of skill in the art
would consider the difference between the two values to be of
little or no biological and/or statistical significance within the
context of the biological characteristic measured by said values
(e.g., Kd values). The difference between said two values is
preferably less than about 50%, preferably less than about 40%,
preferably less than about 30%, preferably less than about 20%,
preferably less than about 10% as a function of the value for the
reference/comparator antibody.
[0095] "Binding affinity" generally refers to the strength of the
sum total of noncovalent interactions between a single binding site
of a molecule (e.g., an antibody) and its binding partner (e.g., an
antigen). Unless indicated otherwise, as used herein, "binding
affinity" refers to intrinsic binding affinity which reflects a 1:1
interaction between members of a binding pair (e.g., antibody and
antigen). The affinity of a molecule X for its partner Y can
generally be represented by the dissociation constant (Kd).
Affinity can be measured by common methods known in the art,
including those described herein. Low-affinity antibodies generally
bind antigen slowly and tend to dissociate readily, whereas
high-affinity antibodies generally bind antigen faster and tend to
remain bound longer. A variety of methods of measuring binding
affinity are known in the art, any of which can be used for
purposes of the present invention. Specific illustrative
embodiments are described in the following.
[0096] In one embodiment, the "Kd" or "Kd value" according to this
invention is measured by a radiolabeled antigen binding assay (RIA)
performed with the Fab version of an antibody of interest and its
antigen as described by the following assay that measures solution
binding affinity of Fabs for antigen by equilibrating Fab with a
minimal concentration of (.sup.125I)-labeled antigen in the
presence of a titration series of unlabeled antigen, then capturing
bound antigen with an anti-Fab antibody-coated plate (Chen, et al.,
(1999) J. Mol. Biol 293:865-881). To establish conditions for the
assay, microtiter plates (Dynex) are coated overnight with 5 ug/ml
of a capturing anti-Fab antibody (Cappel Labs) in 50 mM sodium
carbonate (pH 9.6), and subsequently blocked with 2% (w/v) bovine
serum albumin in PBS for two to five hours at room temperature
(approximately 23.degree. C.). In a non-adsorbant plate (Nunc
#269620), 100 .mu.M or 26 .mu.M [.sup.125I]-antigen are mixed with
serial dilutions of a Fab of interest (e.g., consistent with
assessment of an anti-VEGF antibody, Fab-12, in Presta et al.,
(1997) Cancer Res. 57:4593-4599). The Fab of interest is then
incubated overnight; however, the incubation may continue for a
longer period (e.g., 65 hours) to insure that equilibrium is
reached. Thereafter, the mixtures are transferred to the capture
plate for incubation at room temperature (e.g., for one hour). The
solution is then removed and the plate washed eight times with 0.1%
Tween-20 in PBS. When the plates have dried, 150 ul/well of
scintillant (MicroScint-20; Packard) is added, and the plates are
counted on a Topcount gamma counter (Packard) for ten minutes.
Concentrations of each Fab that give less than or equal to 20% of
maximal binding are chosen for use in competitive binding assays.
According to another embodiment the Kd or Kd value is measured by
using surface plasmon resonance assays using a BIAcore.TM.-2000 or
a BIAcore.TM.-3000 (BIAcore, Inc., Piscataway, N.J.) at 25 C with
immobilized antigen CM5 chips at .about.10 response units (RU).
Briefly, carboxymethylated dextran biosensor chips (CM5, BIAcore
Inc.) are activated with
N-ethyl-N'-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC)
and N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) according to the supplier's
instructions. Antigen is diluted with 10 mM sodium acetate, pH 4.8,
into 5 ug/ml (.about.0.2 uM) before injection at a flow rate of 5
ul/minute to achieve approximately 10 response units (RU) of
coupled protein. Following the injection of antigen, 1M
ethanolamine is injected to block unreacted groups. For kinetics
measurements, two-fold serial dilutions of Fab (0.78 nM to 500 nM)
are injected in PBS with 0.05% Tween 20 (PBST) at 25.degree. C. at
a flow rate of approximately 25u1/min. Association rates (k.sub.on)
and dissociation rates (k.sub.off) are calculated using a simple
one-to-one Langmuir binding model (BIAcore Evaluation Software
version 3.2) by simultaneous fitting the association and
dissociation sensorgram. The equilibrium dissociation constant (Kd)
is calculated as the ratio k.sub.off/k.sub.on. See, e.g., Chen, Y.,
et al., (1999) J. Mol. Biol 293:865-881. If the on-rate exceeds
10.sup.6 M.sup.-1 S.sup.-1 by the surface plasmon resonance assay
above, then the on-rate can be determined by using a fluorescent
quenching technique that measures the increase or decrease in
fluorescence emission intensity (excitation=295 nm; emission=340
nm, 16 nm band-pass) at 25.degree. C. of a 20 nM anti-antigen
antibody (Fab form) in PBS, pH 7.2, in the presence of increasing
concentrations of antigen as measured in a spectrometer, such as a
stop-flow equipped spectrophometer (Aviv Instruments) or a
8000-series SLM-Aminco spectrophotometer (ThermoSpectronic) with a
stirred cuvette.
[0097] An "on-rate" or "rate of association" or "association rate"
or "k.sub.on" according to this invention can also be determined
with the same surface plasmon resonance technique described above
using a BIAcore.TM.-2000 or a BIAcore.TM.-3000 (BIAcore, Inc.,
Piscataway, N.J.) at 25 C with immobilized antigen CM5 chips at
.about.10 response units (RU). Briefly, carboxymethylated dextran
biosensor chips (CM5, BIAcore Inc.) are activated with
N-ethyl-N'-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC)
and N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) according to the supplier's
instructions. Antigen is diluted with 10 mM sodium acetate, pH 4.8,
into 5 ug/ml (.about.0.2 uM) before injection at a flow rate of
5u1/minute to achieve approximately 10 response units (RU) of
coupled protein. Following the injection of 1M ethanolamine to
block unreacted groups. For kinetics measurements, two-fold serial
dilutions of Fab (0.78 nM to 500 nM) are injected in PBS with 0.05%
Tween 20 (PBST) at 25.degree. C. at a flow rate of approximately
25u1/min. Association rates (k.sub.on) and dissociation rates
(k.sub.off) are calculated using a simple one-to-one Langmuir
binding model (BIAcore Evaluation Software version 3.2) by
simultaneous fitting the association and dissociation sensorgram.
The equilibrium dissociation constant (Kd) was calculated as the
ratio k.sub.off/k.sub.on. See, e.g., Chen, Y., et al., (1999) J.
Mol. Biol 293:865-881. However, if the on-rate exceeds 10.sup.6
M.sup.-1 S.sup.-1 by the surface plasmon resonance assay above,
then the on-rate is preferably determined by using a fluorescent
quenching technique that measures the increase or decrease in
fluorescence emission intensity (excitation=295 nm; emission=340
nm, 16 nm band-pass) at 25.degree. C. of a 20 nM anti-antigen
antibody (Fab form) in PBS, pH 7.2, in the presence of increasing
concentrations of antigen as measured in a spectrometer, such as a
stop-flow equipped spectrophometer (Aviv Instruments) or a
8000-series SLM-Aminco spectrophotometer (ThermoSpectronic) with a
stirred cuvette. The "Kd" or "Kd value" according to this invention
is in one embodiment measured by a radiolabeled antigen binding
assay (RIA) performed with the Fab version of the antibody and
antigen molecule as described by the following assay that measures
solution binding affinity of Fabs for antigen by equilibrating Fab
with a minimal concentration of (.sup.125I)-labeled antigen in the
presence of a titration series of unlabeled antigen, then capturing
bound antigen with an anti-Fab antibody-coated plate (Chen, et al.,
(1999) J. Mol. Biol 293:865-881). To establish conditions for the
assay, microtiter plates (Dynex) are coated overnight with 5 ug/ml
of a capturing anti-Fab antibody (Cappel Labs) in 50 mM sodium
carbonate (pH 9.6), and subsequently blocked with 2% (w/v) bovine
serum albumin in PBS for two to five hours at room temperature
(approximately 23.degree. C.). In a non-adsorbant plate (Nunc
#269620), 100 pM or 26 pM [.sup.125I]-antigen are mixed with serial
dilutions of a Fab of interest (consistent with assessement of an
anti-VEGF antibody, Fab-12, in Presta et al., (1997) Cancer Res.
57:4593-4599). The Fab of interest is then incubated overnight;
however, the incubation may continue for a longer period (e.g., 65
hours) to insure that equilibrium is reached. Thereafter, the
mixtures are transferred to the capture plate for incubation at
room temperature for one hour. The solution is then removed and the
plate washed eight times with 0.1% Tween-20 in PBS. When the plates
have dried, 150 ul/well of scintillant (MicroScint-20; Packard) is
added, and the plates are counted on a Topcount gamma counter
(Packard) for ten minutes. Concentrations of each Fab that give
less than or equal to 20% of maximal binding are chosen for use in
competitive binding assays. According to another embodiment, the Kd
or Kd value is measured by using surface plasmon resonance assays
using a BIAcore.TM.-2000 or a BIAcore.TM.-3000 (BIAcore, Inc.,
Piscataway, N.J.) at 25 C with immobilized antigen CMS chips at
.about.10 response units (RU). Briefly, carboxymethylated dextran
biosensor chips (CMS, BIAcore Inc.) are activated with
N-ethyl-N'-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC)
and N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) according to the supplier's
instructions. Antigen is diluted with 10 mM sodium acetate, pH 4.8,
into 5 ug/ml (.about.0.2 uM) before injection at a flow rate of 5
ul/minute to achieve approximately 10 response units (RU) of
coupled protein. Following the injection of antigen, 1M
ethanolamine is injected to block unreacted groups. For kinetics
measurements, two-fold serial dilutions of Fab (0.78 nM to 500 nM)
are injected in PBS with 0.05% Tween 20 (PBST) at 25.degree. C. at
a flow rate of approximately 250 min. Association rates (k.sub.on)
and dissociation rates (k.sub.off) are calculated using a simple
one-to-one Langmuir binding model (BIAcore Evaluation Software
version 3.2) by simultaneous fitting the association and
dissociation sensorgram. The equilibrium dissociation constant (Kd)
is calculated as the ratio k.sub.off/k.sub.on. See, e.g., Chen, Y.,
et al., (1999) J. Mol. Biol 293:865-881. If the on-rate exceeds
10.sup.6 M.sup.-1 S.sup.-1 by the surface plasmon resonance assay
above, then the on-rate can be determined by using a fluorescent
quenching technique that measures the increase or decrease in
fluorescence emission intensity (excitation=295 nm; emission=340
nm, 16 nm band-pass) at 25.degree. C. of a 20 nM anti-antigen
antibody (Fab form) in PBS, pH 7.2, in the presence of increasing
concentrations of antigen as measured in a spectrometer, such as a
stop-flow equipped spectrophometer (Aviv Instruments) or a
8000-series SLM-Aminco spectrophotometer (ThermoSpectronic) with a
stirred cuvette.
[0098] In one embodiment, an "on-rate" or "rate of association" or
"association rate" or "k.sub.on" according to this invention is
determined with the same surface plasmon resonance technique
described above using a BIAcore.TM.-2000 or a BIAcore.TM.-3000
(BIAcore, Inc., Piscataway, N.J.) at 25 C with immobilized antigen
CM5 chips at .about.10 response units (RU). Briefly,
carboxymethylated dextran biosensor chips (CM5, BIAcore Inc.) are
activated with N-ethyl-N'-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide
hydrochloride (EDC) and N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) according to the
supplier's instructions. Antigen is diluted with 10 mM sodium
acetate, pH 4.8, into 5 ug/ml (.about.0.2 uM) before injection at a
flow rate of 5u1/minute to achieve approximately 10 response units
(RU) of coupled protein. Following the injection of antigen, 1M
ethanolamine is injected to block unreacted groups. For kinetics
measurements, two-fold serial dilutions of Fab (0.78 nM to 500 nM)
are injected in PBS with 0.05% Tween 20 (PBST) at 25.degree. C. at
a flow rate of approximately 25u1/min. Association rates (k.sub.on)
and dissociation rates (k.sub.off) are calculated using a simple
one-to-one Langmuir binding model (BIAcore Evaluation Software
version 3.2) by simultaneous fitting the association and
dissociation sensorgram. The equilibrium dissociation constant (Kd)
was calculated as the ratio k.sub.off/k.sub.on. See, e.g., Chen,
Y., et al., (1999) J. Mol. Biol 293:865-881. However, if the
on-rate exceeds 10.sup.6 M.sup.-1 S.sup.-1 by the surface plasmon
resonance assay above, then the on-rate is preferably determined by
using a fluorescent quenching technique that measures the increase
or decrease in fluorescence emission intensity (excitation=295 nm;
emission=340 nm, 16 nm band-pass) at 25.degree. C. of a 20 nM
anti-antigen antibody (Fab form) in PBS, pH 7.2, in the presence of
increasing concentrations of antigen as measured in a spectrometer,
such as a stop-flow equipped spectrophometer (Aviv Instruments) or
a 8000-series SLM-Aminco spectrophotometer (ThermoSpectronic) with
a stirred cuvette.
[0099] The phrase "substantially reduced," or "substantially
different", as used herein, denotes a sufficiently high degree of
difference between two numeric values (generally one associated
with an antibody of the invention and the other associated with a
reference/comparator antibody) such that one of skill in the art
would consider the difference between the two values to be of
statistical significance within the context of the biological
characteristic measured by said values (e.g., Kd values, HAMA
response). The difference between said two values is preferably
greater than about 10%, preferably greater than about 20%,
preferably greater than about 30%, preferably greater than about
40%, preferably greater than about 50% as a function of the value
for the reference/comparator antibody.
[0100] "Percent (%) amino acid sequence identity" with respect to a
peptide or polypeptide sequence is defined as the percentage of
amino acid residues in a candidate sequence that are identical with
the amino acid residues in the specific peptide or polypeptide
sequence, after aligning the sequences and introducing gaps, if
necessary, to achieve the maximum percent sequence identity, and
not considering any conservative substitutions as part of the
sequence identity. Alignment for purposes of determining percent
amino acid sequence identity can be achieved in various ways that
are within the skill in the art, for instance, using publicly
available computer software such as BLAST, BLAST-2, ALIGN or
Megalign (DNASTAR) software. Those skilled in the art can determine
appropriate parameters for measuring alignment, including any
algorithms needed to achieve maximal alignment over the full length
of the sequences being compared. For purposes herein, however, %
amino acid sequence identity values are generated using the
sequence comparison computer program ALIGN-2, wherein the complete
source code for the ALIGN-2 program is provided in Table A below.
The ALIGN-2 sequence comparison computer program was authored by
Genentech, Inc. and the source code shown in Table A below has been
filed with user documentation in the U.S. Copyright Office,
Washington D.C., 20559, where it is registered under U.S. Copyright
Registration No. TXU510087. The ALIGN-2 program is publicly
available through Genentech, Inc., South San Francisco, Calif. or
may be compiled from the source code provided in FIG. 8 below. The
ALIGN-2 program should be compiled for use on a UNIX operating
system, preferably digital UNIX V4.0D. All sequence comparison
parameters are set by the ALIGN-2 program and do not vary.
[0101] In situations where ALIGN-2 is employed for amino acid
sequence comparisons, the % amino acid sequence identity of a given
amino acid sequence A to, with, or against a given amino acid
sequence B (which can alternatively be phrased as a given amino
acid sequence A that has or comprises a certain % amino acid
sequence identity to, with, or against a given amino acid sequence
B) is calculated as follows:
100times the fraction X/Y
where X is the number of amino acid residues scored as identical
matches by the sequence alignment program ALIGN-2 in that program's
alignment of A and B, and where Y is the total number of amino acid
residues in B. It will be appreciated that where the length of
amino acid sequence A is not equal to the length of amino acid
sequence B, the % amino acid sequence identity of A to B will not
equal the % amino acid sequence identity of B to A.
[0102] Unless specifically stated otherwise, all % amino acid
sequence identity values used herein are obtained as described in
the immediately preceding paragraph using the ALIGN-2 computer
program.
TABLE-US-00001 TABLE A /* * * C-C increased from 12 to 15 * Z is
average of EQ * B is average of ND * match with stop is _M;
stop-stop = 0; J (joker) match = 0 */ #define _M -8 /* value of a
match with a stop */ int _day[26][26] = { /* A B C D E F G H I J K
L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z */ /* A */ { 2, 0,-2, 0, 0,-4,
1,-1,-1, 0,-1,-2,-1, 0,_M, 1, 0,-2, 1, 1, 0, 0,-6, 0,-3, 0}, /* B
*/ { 0, 3,-4, 3, 2,-5, 0, 1,-2, 0, 0,-3,-2, 2,_M,-1, 1, 0, 0, 0,
0,-2,-5, 0,-3, 1}, /* C */ {-2,-4,15,-5,-5,-4,-3,-3,-2,
0,-5,-6,-5,-4,_M,-3,-5,-4, 0,-2, 0,-2,-8, 0, 0,-5}, /* D */ { 0,
3,-5, 4, 3,-6, 1, 1,-2, 0, 0,-4,-3, 2,_M,-1, 2,-1, 0, 0, 0,-2,-7,
0,-4, 2}, /* E */ { 0, 2,-5, 3, 4,-5, 0, 1,-2, 0, 0,-3,-2, 1,_M,-1,
2,-1, 0, 0, 0,-2,-7, 0,-4, 3}, /* F */ {-4,-5,-4,-6,-5, 9,-5,-2, 1,
0,-5, 2, 0,-4,_M,-5,-5,-4,-3,-3, 0,-1, 0, 0, 7,-5}, /* G */ { 1,
0,-3, 1, 0,-5, 5,-2,-3, 0,-2,-4,-3, 0,_M,-1,-1,-3, 1, 0, 0,-1,-7,
0,-5, 0}, /* H */ {-1, 1,-3, 1, 1,-2,-2, 6,-2, 0, 0,-2,-2, 2,_M, 0,
3, 2,-1,-1, 0,-2,-3, 0, 0, 2}, /* I */ {-1,-2,-2,-2,-2, 1,-3,-2, 5,
0,-2, 2, 2,-2,_M,-2,-2,-2,-1, 0, 0, 4,-5, 0,-1,-2}, /* J */ { 0, 0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,_M, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0}, /* K */ {-1, 0,-5, 0, 0,-5,-2, 0,-2, 0, 5,-3, 0, 1,_M,-1, 1,
3, 0, 0, 0,-2,-3, 0,-4, 0}, /* L */ {-2,-3,-6,-4,-3, 2,-4,-2, 2,
0,-3, 6, 4,-3,_M,-3,-2,-3,-3,-1, 0, 2,-2, 0,-1,-2}, /* M */
{-1,-2,-5,-3,-2, 0,-3,-2, 2, 0, 0, 4, 6,-2,_M,-2,-1, 0,-2,-1, 0,
2,-4, 0,-2,-1}, /* N */ { 0, 2,-4, 2, 1,-4, 0, 2,-2, 0, 1,-3,-2,
2,_M,-1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0,-2,-4, 0,-2, 1}, /* O */
{_M,_M,_M,_M,_M,_M,_M,_M,_M,_M,_M,_M,_M,_M,
0,_M,_M,_M,_M,_M,_M,_M,_M,_M,_M,_M}, /* P */ { 1,-1,-3,-1,-1,-5,-1,
0,-2, 0,-1,-3,-2,-1,_M, 6, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0,-1,-6, 0,-5, 0}, /* Q */ {
0, 1,-5, 2, 2,-5,-1, 3,-2, 0, 1,-2,-1, 1,_M, 0, 4, 1,-1,-1,
0,-2,-5, 0,-4, 3}, /* R */ {-2, 0,-4,-1,-1,-4,-3, 2,-2, 0, 3,-3, 0,
0,_M, 0, 1, 6, 0,-1, 0,-2, 2, 0,-4, 0}, /* S */ { 1, 0, 0, 0, 0,-3,
1,-1,-1, 0, 0,-3,-2, 1,_M, 1,-1, 0, 2, 1, 0,-1,-2, 0,-3, 0}, /* T
*/ { 1, 0,-2, 0, 0,-3, 0,-1, 0, 0, 0,-1,-1, 0,_M, 0,-1,-1, 1, 3, 0,
0,-5, 0,-3, 0}, /* U */ { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0,_M, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, /* V */ {
0,-2,-2,-2,-2,-1,-1,-2, 4, 0,-2, 2, 2,-2,_M,-1,-2,-2,-1, 0, 0,
4,-6, 0,-2,-2}, /* W */ {-6,-5,-8,-7,-7, 0,-7,-3,-5,
0,-3,-2,-4,-4,_M,-6,-5, 2,-2,-5, 0,-6,17, 0, 0,-6}, /* X */ { 0, 0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,_M, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0}, /* Y */ {-3,-3, 0,-4,-4, 7,-5, 0,-1,
0,-4,-1,-2,-2,_M,-5,-4,-4,-3,-3, 0,-2, 0, 0,10,-4}, /* Z */ { 0,
1,-5, 2, 3,-5, 0, 2,-2, 0, 0,-2,-1, 1,_M, 0, 3, 0, 0, 0, 0,-2,-6,
0,-4, 4} }; /* */ #include <stdio.h> #include <ctype.h>
#define MAXJMP 16 /* max jumps in a diag */ #define MAXGAP 24 /*
don't continue to penalize gaps larger than this */ #define JMPS
1024 /* max jmps in an path */ #define MX 4 /* save if there's at
least MX-1 bases since last jmp */ #define DMAT 3 /* value of
matching bases */ #define DMIS 0 /* penalty for mismatched bases */
#define DINS0 8 /* penalty for a gap */ #define DINS1 1 /* penalty
per base */ #define PINS0 8 /* penalty for a gap */ #define PINS1 4
/* penalty per residue */ struct jmp { short n[MAXJMP]; /* size of
jmp (neg for dely) */ unsigned short x[MAXJMP]; /* base no. of jmp
in seq x */ }; /* limits seq to 2{circumflex over ( )}16 -1 */
struct diag { int score; /* score at last jmp */ long offset; /*
offset of prev block */ short ijmp; /* current jmp index */ struct
jmp jp; /* list of jmps */ }; struct path { int spc; /* number of
leading spaces */ short n[JMPS]; /* size of jmp (gap) */ int
x[JMPS]; /* loc of jmp (last elem before gap) */ }; char *ofile; /*
output file name */ char *namex[2]; /* seq names: getseqs( ) */
char *prog; /* prog name for err msgs */ char *seqx[2]; /* seqs:
getseqs( ) */ int dmax; /* best diag: nw( ) */ int dmax0; /* final
diag */ int dna; /* set if dna: main( ) */ int endgaps; /* set if
penalizing end gaps */ int gapx, gapy; /* total gaps in seqs */ int
len0, len1; /* seq lens */ int ngapx, ngapy; /* total size of gaps
*/ int smax; /* max score: nw( ) */ int *xbm; /* bitmap for
matching */ long offset; /* current offset in jmp file */ struct
diag *dx; /* holds diagonals */ struct path pp[2]; /* holds path
for seqs */ char *calloc( ), *malloc( ), *index( ), *strcpy( );
char *getseq( ), *g_calloc( ); /* Needleman-Wunsch alignment
program * * usage: progs file1 file2 * where file1 and file2 are
two dna or two protein sequences. * The sequences can be in upper-
or lower-case an may contain ambiguity * Any lines beginning with
`;`, `>` or `<` are ignored * Max file length is 65535
(limited by unsigned short x in the jmp struct) * A sequence with
1/3 or more of its elements ACGTU is assumed to be DNA * Output is
in the file "align.out" * * The program may create a tmp file in
/tmp to hold info about traceback. * Original version developed
under BSD 4.3 on a vax 8650 */ #include "nw.h" #include "day.h"
static _dbval[26] = {
1,14,2,13,0,0,4,11,0,0,12,0,3,15,0,0,0,5,6,8,8,7,9,0,10,0 }; static
_pbval[26] = { 1, 2|(1<<(`D`-`A`))|(1<<(`N`-`A`)), 4,
8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 0xFFFFFFF, 1<<10, 1<<11,
1<<12, 1<<13, 1<<14, 1<<15, 1<<16,
1<<17, 1<<18, 1<<19, 1<<20, 1<<21,
1<<22, 1<<23, 1<<24,
1<<25|(1<<(`E`-`A`))|(1<<(`Q`-`A`)) }; main(ac,
av) main int ac; char *av[ ]; { prog = av[0]; if (ac != 3) {
fprintf(stderr,"usage: %s file1 file2\n", prog);
fprintf(stderr,"where file1 and file2 are two dna or two protein
sequences.\n"); fprintf(stderr,"The sequences can be in upper- or
lower-case\n"); fprintf(stderr,"Any lines beginning with `;` or
`<` are ignored\n"); fprintf(stderr,"Output is in the file
\"align.out\"\n"); exit(1); } namex[0] = av[1]; namex[1] = av[2];
seqx[0] = getseq(namex[0], &len0); seqx[1] = getseq(namex[1],
&len1); xbm = (dna)? _dbval : _pbval; endgaps = 0; /* 1 to
penalize endgaps */ ofile = "align.out"; /* output file */ nw( );
/* fill in the matrix, get the possible jmps */ readjmps( ); /* get
the actual jmps */ print( ); /* print stats, alignment */
cleanup(0); /* unlink any tmp files */ } /* do the alignment,
return best score: main( ) * dna: values in Fitch and Smith, PNAS,
80, 1382-1386, 1983 * pro: PAM 250 values * When scores are equal,
we prefer mismatches to any gap, prefer * a new gap to extending an
ongoing gap, and prefer a gap in seqx * to a gap in seq y. */ nw( )
nw { char *px, *py; /* seqs and ptrs */ int *ndely, *dely; /* keep
track of dely */ int ndelx, delx; /* keep track of delx */ int
*tmp; /* for swapping row0, row1 */ int mis; /* score for each type
*/ int ins0, ins1; /* insertion penalties */ register id; /*
diagonal index */ register ij; /* jmp index */ register *col0,
*col1; /* score for curr, last row */ register xx, yy; /* index
into seqs */ dx = (struct diag *)g_calloc("to get diags",
len0+len1+1, sizeof(struct diag)); ndely = (int *)g_calloc("to get
ndely", len1+1, sizeof(int)); dely = (int *)g_calloc("to get dely",
len1+1, sizeof(int)); col0 = (int *)g_calloc("to get col0", len1+1,
sizeof(int)); col1 = (int *)g_calloc("to get col1", len1+1,
sizeof(int)); ins0 = (dna)? DINS0 : PINS0; ins1 = (dna)? DINS1 :
PINS1; smax = -10000; if (endgaps) { for (col0[0] = dely[0] =
-ins0, yy = 1; yy <= len1; yy++) { col0[yy] = dely[yy] =
col0[yy-1] - ins1; ndely[yy] = yy; } col0[0] = 0; /* Waterman Bull
Math Biol 84 */ } else for (yy = 1; yy <= len1; yy++) dely[yy] =
-ins0; /* fill in match matrix */ for (px = seqx[0], xx = 1; xx
<= len0; px++, xx++) { /* initialize first entry in col */ if
(endgaps) { if (xx == 1) col1[0] = delx = -(ins0+ins1); else
col1[0] = delx = col0[0] - ins1; ndelx = xx; } else { col1[0] = 0;
delx = -ins0; ndelx = 0; } ...nw for (py = seqx[1], yy = 1; yy
<= len1; py++, yy++) { mis = col0[yy-1]; if (dna) mis +=
(xbm[*px-`A`]&xbm[*py-`A`])? DMAT : DMIS; else mis +=
_day[*px-`A`][*py-`A`]; /* update penalty for del in x seq; * favor
new del over ongong del * ignore MAXGAP if weighting endgaps */ if
(endgaps || ndely[yy] < MAXGAP) { if (col0[yy] - ins0 >=
dely[yy]) { dely[yy] = col0[yy] - (ins0+ins1); ndely[yy] = 1; }
else { dely[yy] -= ins1; ndely[yy]++; } } else { if (col0[yy] -
(ins0+ins1) >= dely[yy]) { dely[yy] = col0[yy] - (ins0+ins1);
ndely[yy] = 1; } else ndely[yy]++; }
/* update penalty for del in y seq; * favor new del over ongong del
*/ if (endgaps || ndelx < MAXGAP) { if (col1[yy-1] - ins0 >=
delx) { delx = col1[yy-1] - (ins0+ins1); ndelx = 1; } else { delx
-= ins1; ndelx++; } } else { if (col1[yy-1] - (ins0+ins1) >=
delx) { delx = col1[yy-1] - (ins0+ins1); ndelx = 1; } else ndelx++;
} /* pick the maximum score; we're favoring * mis over any del and
delx over dely */ ...nw id = xx - yy + len1 - 1; if (mis >= delx
&& mis >= dely[yy]) col1[yy] = mis; else if (delx >=
dely[yy]) { col1[yy] = delx; ij = dx[id].ijmp; if (dx[id].jp.n[0]
&& (!dna || (ndelx >= MAXJMP && xx >
dx[id].jp.x[ij]+MX) || mis > dx[id].score+DINS0)) {
dx[id].ijmp++; if (++ij >= MAXJMP) { writejmps(id); ij =
dx[id].ijmp = 0; dx[id].offset = offset; offset += sizeof(struct
jmp) + sizeof(offset); } } dx[id].jp.n[ij] = ndelx; dx[id].jp.x[ij]
= xx; dx[id].score = delx; } else { col1[yy] = dely[yy]; ij =
dx[id].ijmp; if (dx[id].jp.n[0] && (!dna || (ndely[yy]
>= MAXJMP && xx > dx[id].jp.x[ij]+MX) || mis >
dx[id].score+DINS0)) { dx[id].ijmp++; if (++ij >= MAXJMP) {
writejmps(id); ij = dx[id].ijmp = 0; dx[id].offset = offset; offset
+= sizeof(struct jmp) + sizeof(offset); } } dx[id].jp.n[ij] =
-ndely[yy]; dx[id].jp.x[ij] = xx; dx[id].score = dely[yy]; } if (xx
== len0 && yy < len1) { /* last col */ if (endgaps)
col1[yy] -= ins0+ins1*(len1-yy); if (col1[yy] > smax) { smax =
col1[yy]; dmax = id; } } } if (endgaps && xx < len0)
col1[yy-1] -= ins0+ins1*(len0-xx); if (col1[yy-1] > smax) { smax
= col1[yy-1]; dmax = id; } tmp = col0; col0 = col1; col1 = tmp; }
(void) free((char *)ndely); (void) free((char *)dely); (void)
free((char *)col0); (void) free((char *)col1); } /* * * print( ) --
only routine visible outside this module * * static: * getmat( ) --
trace back best path, count matches: print( ) * pr_align( ) --
print alignment of described in array p[ ]: print( ) * dumpblock( )
-- dump a block of lines with numbers, stars: pr_align( ) * nums( )
-- put out a number line: dumpblock( ) * putline( ) -- put out a
line (name, [num], seq, [num]): dumpblock( ) * stars( ) - -put a
line of stars: dumpblock( ) * stripname( ) -- strip any path and
prefix from a seqname */ #include "nw.h" #define SPC 3 #define
P_LINE 256 /* maximum output line */ #define P_SPC 3 /* space
between name or num and seq */ extern _day[26][26]; int olen; /*
set output line length */ FILE *fx; /* output file */ print( )
print { int lx, ly, firstgap, lastgap; /* overlap */ if ((fx =
fopen(ofile, "w")) == 0) { fprintf(stderr,"%s: can't write %s\n",
prog, ofile); cleanup(1); } fprintf(fx, "<first sequence: %s
(length = %d)\n", namex[0], len0); fprintf(fx, "<second
sequence: %s (length = %d)\n", namex[1], len1); olen = 60; lx =
len0; ly = len1; firstgap = lastgap = 0; if (dmax < len1 - 1) {
/* leading gap in x */ pp[0].spc = firstgap = len1 - dmax - 1; ly
-= pp[0].spc; } else if (dmax > len1 - 1) { /* leading gap in y
*/ pp[1].spc = firstgap = dmax - (len1 - 1); lx -= pp[1].spc; } if
(dmax0 < len0 - 1) { /* trailing gap in x */ lastgap = len0 -
dmax0 -1; lx -= lastgap; } else if (dmax0 > len0 - 1) { /*
trailing gap in y */ lastgap = dmax0 - (len0 - 1); ly -= lastgap; }
getmat(lx, ly, firstgap, lastgap); pr_align( ); } /* * trace back
the best path, count matches */ static getmat(lx, ly, firstgap,
lastgap) getmat int lx, ly; /* "core" (minus endgaps) */ int
firstgap, lastgap; /* leading trailing overlap*/ { int nm, i0, i1,
siz0, siz1; char outx[32]; double pct; register n0, n1; register
char *p0, *p1; /* get total matches, score */ i0 = i1 = siz0 = siz1
= 0; p0 = seqx[0] + pp[1].spc; p1 = seqx[1] + pp[0].spc; n0 =
pp[1].spc + 1; n1 = pp[0].spc + 1; nm = 0; while ( *p0 &&
*p1 ) { if (siz0) { p1++; n1++; siz0--; } else if (siz1) { p0++;
n0++; siz1--; } else { if (xbm[*p0-`A`]&xbm[*p1-`A`]) nm++; if
(n0++ == pp[0].x[i0]) siz0 = pp[0].n[i0++]; if (n1++ ==
pp[1].x[i1]) siz1 = pp[1].n[i1++]; p0++; p1++; } } /* pct homology:
* if penalizing endgaps, base is the shorter seq * else, knock off
overhangs and take shorter core */ if (endgaps) lx = (len0 <
len1)? len0 : len1; else lx = (lx < ly)? lx : ly; pct =
100.*(double)nm/(double)lx; fprintf(fx, "\n"); fprintf(fx, "<%d
match%s in an overlap of %d: %.2f percent similarity\n", nm, (nm ==
1)? "" : "es", lx, pct); fprintf(fx, "<gaps in first sequence:
%d", gapx); ...getmat if (gapx) { (void) sprintf(outx, " (%d
%s%s)", ngapx, (dna)? "base":"residue", (ngapx == 1)? "":"s");
fprintf(fx,"%s", outx); fprintf(fx, ", gaps in second sequence:
%d", gapy); if (gapy) { (void) sprintf(outx, " (%d %s%s)", ngapy,
(dna)? "base":"residue", (ngapy == 1)? "":"s"); fprintf(fx,"%s",
outx); } if (dna) fprintf(fx, "\n<score: %d (match = %d,
mismatch = %d, gap penalty = %d + %d per base)\n", smax, DMAT,
DMIS, DINS0, DINS1); else fprintf(fx, "\n<score: %d (Dayhoff PAM
250 matrix, gap penalty = %d + %d per residue)\n", smax, PINS0,
PINS1); if (endgaps) fprintf(fx, "<endgaps penalized. left
endgap: %d %s%s, right endgap: %d %s%s\n", firstgap, (dna)? "base"
: "residue", (firstgap == 1)? "" : "s", lastgap, (dna)? "base" :
"residue", (lastgap == 1)? "" : "s"); else fprintf(fx, "<endgaps
not penalized\n"); } static nm; /* matches in core -- for checking
*/ static lmax; /* lengths of stripped file names */ static ij[2];
/* jmp index for a path */ static nc[2]; /* number at start of
current line */ static ni[2]; /* current elem number -- for gapping
*/ static siz[2]; static char *ps[2]; /* ptr to current element */
static char *po[2]; /* ptr to next output char slot */ static char
out[2][P_LINE]; /* output line */ static char star[P_LINE]; /* set
by stars( ) */ /* * print alignment of described in struct path pp[
] */ static pr_align( ) pr_align { int nn; /* char count */ int
more; register i; for (i = 0, lmax = 0; i < 2; i++) { nn =
stripname(namex[i]); if (nn > lmax) lmax = nn; nc[i] = 1; ni[i]
= 1; siz[i] = ij[i] = 0; ps[i] = seqx[i]; po[i] = out[i]; }
for (nn = nm = 0, more = 1; more; ) { ...pr_align for (i = more =
0; i < 2; i++) { /* * do we have more of this sequence? */ if
(!*ps[i]) continue; more++; if (pp[i].spc) { /* leading space */
*po[i]++ = ` `; pp[i].spc--; } else if (siz[i]) { /* in a gap */
*po[i]++ = `-`; siz[i]--; } else { /* we're putting a seq element
*/ *po[i] = *ps[i]; if (islower(*ps[i])) *ps[i] = toupper(*ps[i]);
po[i]++; ps[i]++; /* * are we at next gap for this seq? */ if
(ni[i] == pp[i].x[ij[i]]) { /* * we need to merge all gaps * at
this location */ siz[i] = pp[i].n[ij[i]++]; while (ni[i] ==
pp[i].x[ij[i]]) siz[i] += pp[i].n[ij[i]++]; } ni[i]++; } } if (++nn
== olen || !more && nn) { dumpblock( ); for (i = 0; i <
2; i++) po[i] = out[i]; nn = 0; } } } /* * dump a block of lines,
including numbers, stars: pr_align( ) */ static dumpblock( )
dumpblock { register i; for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) *po[i]-- = `\0`;
...dumpblock (void) putc(`\n`, fx); for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) { if
(*out[i] && (*out[i] != ` ` || *(po[i]) != ` `)) { if (i ==
0) nums(i); if (i == 0 && *out[1]) stars( ); putline(i); if
(i == 0 && *out[1]) fprintf(fx, star); if (i == 1) nums(i);
} } } /* * put out a number line: dumpblock( ) */ static nums(ix)
nums int ix; /* index in out[ ] holding seq line */ { char
nline[P_LINE]; register i, j; register char *pn, *px, *py; for (pn
= nline, i = 0; i < lmax+P_SPC; i++, pn++) *pn = ` `; for (i =
nc[ix], py = out[ix]; *py; py++, pn++) { if (*py == ` ` || *py ==
`-`) *pn = ` `; else { if (i%10 == 0 || (i == 1 && nc[ix]
!= 1)) { j = (i < 0)? -i : i; for (px = pn; j; j /= 10, px--)
*px = j%10 + `0`; if (i < 0) *px = `-`; } else *pn = ` `; i++; }
} *pn = `\0`; nc[ix] = i; for (pn = nline; *pn; pn++) (void)
putc(*pn, fx); (void) putc(`\n`, fx); } /* * put out a line (name,
[num], seq, [num]): dumpblock( ) */ static putline(ix) putline int
ix; { ...putline int i; register char *px; for (px = namex[ix], i =
0; *px && *px != `:`; px++, i++) (void) putc(*px, fx); for
(; i < lmax+P_SPC; i++) (void) putc(` `, fx); /* these count
from 1: * ni[ ] is current element (from 1) * nc[ ] is number at
start of current line */ for (px = out[ix]; *px; px++) (void)
putc(*px&0x7F, fx); (void) putc(`\n`, fx); } /* * put a line of
stars (seqs always in out[0], out[1]): dumpblock( ) */ static
stars( ) stars { int i; register char *p0, *p1, cx, *px; if
(!*out[0] || (*out[0] == ` ` && *(po[0]) == ` `) ||
!*out[1] || (*out[1] == ` ` && *(po[1]) == ` `)) return; px
= star; for (i = lmax+P_SPC; i; i--) *px++ = ` `; for (p0 = out[0],
p1 = out[1]; *p0 && *p1; p0++, p1++) { if (isalpha(*p0)
&& isalpha(*p1)) { if (xbm[*p0-`A`]&xbm[*p1-`A`]) { cx
= `*`; nm++; } else if (!dna && _day[*p0-`A`][*p1-`A`] >
0) cx = `.`; else cx = ` `; } else cx = ` `; *px++ = cx; } *px++ =
`\n`; *px = `\0`; } /* * strip path or prefix from pn, return len:
pr_align( ) */ static stripname(pn) stripname char *pn; /* file
name (may be path) */ { register char *px, *py; py = 0; for (px =
pn; *px; px++) if (*px == `/`) py = px + 1; if (py) (void)
strcpy(pn, py); return(strlen(pn)); } /* * cleanup( ) -- cleanup
any tmp file * getseq( ) -- read in seq, set dna, len, maxlen *
g_calloc( ) -- calloc( ) with error checkin * readjmps( ) -- get
the good jmps, from tmp file if necessary * writejmps( ) -- write a
filled array of jmps to a tmp file: nw( ) */ #include "nw.h"
#include <sys/file.h> char *jname = "/tmp/homgXXXXXX"; /* tmp
file for jmps */ FILE *fj; int cleanup( ); /* cleanup tmp file */
long lseek( ); /* * remove any tmp file if we blow */ cleanup(i)
cleanup int i; { if (fj) (void) unlink(jname); exit(i); } /* *
read, return ptr to seq, set dna, len, maxlen * skip lines starting
with `;`, `<`, or `>` * seq in upper or lower case */ char *
getseq(file, len) getseq char *file; /* file name */ int *len; /*
seq len */ { char line[1024], *pseq; register char *px, *py; int
natgc, tlen; FILE *fp; if ((fp = fopen(file,"r")) == 0) {
fprintf(stderr,"%s: can't read %s\n", prog, file); exit(1); } tlen
= natgc = 0; while (fgets(line, 1024, fp)) { if (*line == `;` ||
*line == `<` || *line == `>`) continue; for (px = line; *px
!= `\n`; px++) if (isupper(*px) || islower(*px)) tlen++; } if
((pseq = malloc((unsigned)(tlen+6))) == 0) { fprintf(stderr,"%s:
malloc( ) failed to get %d bytes for %s\n", prog, tlen+6, file);
exit(1); } pseq[0] = pseq[1] = pseq[2] = pseq[3] = `\0`; ...getseq
py = pseq + 4; *len = tlen; rewind(fp); while (fgets(line, 1024,
fp)) { if (*line == `;` || *line == `<` || *line == `>`)
continue; for (px = line; *px != `\n`; px++) { if (isupper(*px))
*py++ = *px; else if (islower(*px)) *py++ = toupper(*px); if
(index("ATGCU",*(py-1))) natgc++;
} } *py++ = `\0`; *py = `\0`; (void) fclose(fp); dna = natgc >
(tlen/3); return(pseq+4); } char * g_calloc(msg, nx, sz) g calloc
char *msg; /* program, calling routine */ int nx, sz; /* number and
size of elements */ { char *px, *calloc( ); if ((px =
calloc((unsigned)nx, (unsigned)sz)) == 0) { if (*msg) {
fprintf(stderr, "%s: g_calloc( ) failed %s (n=%d, sz=%d)\n", prog,
msg, nx, sz); exit(1); } } return(px); } /* * get final jmps from
dx[ ] or tmp file, set pp[ ], reset dmax: main( ) */ readjmps( )
readjmps { int fd = -1; int siz, i0, i1; registeri, j, xx; if (fj)
{ (void) fclose(fj); if ((fd = open(jname, O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) {
fprintf(stderr, "%s: can't open( ) %s\n", prog, jname); cleanup(1);
} } for (i = i0 = i1 = 0, dmax0 = dmax, xx = len0; ; i++) { while
(1) { for (j = dx[dmax].ijmp; j >= 0 && dx[dmax].jp.x[j]
>= xx; j--) ; ...readjmps if (j < 0 &&
dx[dmax].offset && fj) { (void) lseek(fd, dx[dmax].offset,
0); (void) read(fd, (char *)&dx[dmax].jp, sizeof(struct jmp));
(void) read(fd, (char *)&dx[dmax].offset,
sizeof(dx[dmax].offset)); dx[dmax].ijmp = MAXJMP-1; } else break; }
if (i >= JMPS) { fprintf(stderr, "%s: too many gaps in
alignment\n", prog); cleanup(1); } if (j >= 0) { siz =
dx[dmax].jp.n[j]; xx = dx[dmax].jp.x[j]; dmax += siz; if (siz <
0) { /* gap in second seq */ pp[1].n[i1] = -siz; xx += siz; /* id =
xx - yy + len1 - 1 */ pp[1].x[i1] = xx - dmax + len1 - 1; gapy++;
ngapy -= siz; /* ignore MAXGAP when doing endgaps */ siz = (-siz
< MAXGAP || endgaps)? -siz : MAXGAP; i1++; } else if (siz >
0) { /* gap in first seq */ pp[0].n[i0] = siz; pp[0].x[i0] = xx;
gapx++; ngapx += siz; /* ignore MAXGAP when doing endgaps */ siz =
(siz < MAXGAP || endgaps)? siz : MAXGAP; i0++; } } else break; }
/* reverse the order of jmps */ for (j = 0, i0--; j < i0; j++,
i0--) { i = pp[0].n[j]; pp[0].n[j] = pp[0].n[i0]; pp[0].n[i0] = i;
i = pp[0].x[j]; pp[0].x[j] = pp[0].x[i0]; pp[0].x[i0] = i; } for (j
= 0, i1--; j < i1; j++, i1--) { i = pp[1].n[j]; pp[1].n[j] =
pp[1].n[i1]; pp[1].n[i1] = i; i = pp[1].x[j]; pp[1].x[j] =
pp[1].x[i1]; pp[1].x[i1] = i; } if (fd >= 0) (void) close(fd);
if (fj) { (void) unlink(jname); fj = 0; offset = 0; } } /* * write
a filled jmp struct offset of the prev one (if any): nw( ) */
writejmps(ix) writejmps int ix; { char *mktemp( ); if (!fj) { if
(mktemp(jname) < 0) { fprintf(stderr, "%s: can't mktemp( )
%s\n", prog, jname); cleanup(1); } if ((fj = fopen(jname, "w")) ==
0) { fprintf(stderr, "%s: can't write %s\n", prog, jname); exit(1);
} } (void) fwrite((char *)&dx[ix].jp, sizeof(struct jmp), 1,
fj); (void) fwrite((char *)&dx[ix].offset,
sizeof(dx[ix].offset), 1, fj);
[0103] The term "vector," as used herein, is intended to refer to a
nucleic acid molecule capable of transporting another nucleic acid
to which it has been linked. One type of vector is a "plasmid",
which refers to a circular double stranded DNA loop into which
additional DNA segments may be ligated. Another type of vector is a
phage vector. Another type of vector is a viral vector, wherein
additional DNA segments may be ligated into the viral genome.
Certain vectors are capable of autonomous replication in a host
cell into which they are introduced (e.g., bacterial vectors having
a bacterial origin of replication and episomal mammalian vectors).
Other vectors (e.g., non-episomal mammalian vectors) can be
integrated into the genome of a host cell upon introduction into
the host cell, and thereby are replicated along with the host
genome. Moreover, certain vectors are capable of directing the
expression of genes to which they are operatively linked. Such
vectors are referred to herein as "recombinant expression vectors"
(or simply, "recombinant vectors"). In general, expression vectors
of utility in recombinant DNA techniques are often in the form of
plasmids. In the present specification, "plasmid" and "vector" may
be used interchangeably as the plasmid is the most commonly used
form of vector.
[0104] "Polynucleotide," or "nucleic acid," as used interchangeably
herein, refer to polymers of nucleotides of any length, and include
DNA and RNA. The nucleotides can be deoxyribonucleotides,
ribonucleotides, modified nucleotides or bases, and/or their
analogs, or any substrate that can be incorporated into a polymer
by DNA or RNA polymerase, or by a synthetic reaction. A
polynucleotide may comprise modified nucleotides, such as
methylated nucleotides and their analogs. If present, modification
to the nucleotide structure may be imparted before or after
assembly of the polymer. The sequence of nucleotides may be
interrupted by non-nucleotide components. A polynucleotide may be
further modified after synthesis, such as by conjugation with a
label. Other types of modifications include, for example, "caps",
substitution of one or more of the naturally occurring nucleotides
with an analog, internucleotide modifications such as, for example,
those with uncharged linkages (e.g., methyl phosphonates,
phosphotriesters, phosphoamidates, carbamates, etc.) and with
charged linkages (e.g., phosphorothioates, phosphorodithioates,
etc.), those containing pendant moieties, such as, for example,
proteins (e.g., nucleases, toxins, antibodies, signal peptides,
poly-L-lysine, etc.), those with intercalators (e.g., acridine,
psoralen, etc.), those containing chelators (e.g., metals,
radioactive metals, boron, oxidative metals, etc.), those
containing alkylators, those with modified linkages (e.g., alpha
anomeric nucleic acids, etc.), as well as unmodified forms of the
polynucleotide(s). Further, any of the hydroxyl groups ordinarily
present in the sugars may be replaced, for example, by phosphonate
groups, phosphate groups, protected by standard protecting groups,
or activated to prepare additional linkages to additional
nucleotides, or may be conjugated to solid or semi-solid supports.
The 5' and 3' terminal OH can be phosphorylated or substituted with
amines or organic capping group moieties of from 1 to 20 carbon
atoms. Other hydroxyls may also be derivatized to standard
protecting groups. Polynucleotides can also contain analogous forms
of ribose or deoxyribose sugars that are generally known in the
art, including, for example, 2'-O-methyl-, 2'-O-allyl, 2'-fluoro-
or 2'-azido-ribose, carbocyclic sugar analogs, alpha-anomeric
sugars, epimeric sugars such as arabinose, xyloses or lyxoses,
pyranose sugars, furanose sugars, sedoheptuloses, acyclic analogs
and abasic nucleoside analogs such as methyl riboside. One or more
phosphodiester linkages may be replaced by alternative linking
groups. These alternative linking groups include, but are not
limited to, embodiments wherein phosphate is replaced by
P(O)S("thioate"), P(S)S ("dithioate"), "(O)NR.sub.2 ("amidate"),
P(O)R, P(O)OR', CO or CH.sub.2 ("formacetal"), in which each R or
R' is independently H or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (1-20
C.) optionally containing an ether (--O--) linkage, aryl, alkenyl,
cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl or araldyl. Not all linkages in a
polynucleotide need be identical. The preceding description applies
to all polynucleotides referred to herein, including RNA and
DNA.
[0105] "Oligonucleotide," as used herein, generally refers to
short, generally single stranded, generally synthetic
polynucleotides that are generally, but not necessarily, less than
about 200 nucleotides in length. The terms "oligonucleotide" and
"polynucleotide" are not mutually exclusive. The description above
for polynucleotides is equally and fully applicable to
oligonucleotides.
[0106] The term "hepatocyte growth factor" or "HGF", as used
herein, refers, unless specifically or contextually indicated
otherwise, to any native or variant (whether native or synthetic)
HGF polypeptide that is capable of activating the HGF/c-met
signaling pathway under conditions that permit such process to
occur. The term "wild type HGF" generally refers to a polypeptide
comprising the amino acid sequence of a naturally occurring HGF
protein. Thet term "wild type HGF sequence" generally refers to an
amino acid sequence found in a naturally occurring HGF.
[0107] The terms "antibody" and "immunoglobulin" are used
interchangeably in the broadest sense and include monoclonal
antibodies (e.g., full length or intact monoclonal antibodies),
polyclonal antibodies, multivalent antibodies, multispecific
antibodies (e.g., bispecific antibodies so long as they exhibit the
desired biological activity) and may also include certain antibody
fragments (as described in greater detail herein). An antibody can
be human, humanized and/or affinity matured.
[0108] "Antibody fragments" comprise only a portion of an intact
antibody, wherein the portion preferably retains at least one,
preferably most or all, of the functions normally associated with
that portion when present in an intact antibody. In one embodiment,
an antibody fragment comprises an antigen binding site of the
intact antibody and thus retains the ability to bind antigen. In
another embodiment, an antibody fragment, for example one that
comprises the Fc region, retains at least one of the biological
functions normally associated with the Fc region when present in an
intact antibody, such as FcRn binding, antibody half life
modulation, ADCC function and complement binding. In one
embodiment, an antibody fragment is a monovalent antibody that has
an in vivo half life substantially similar to an intact antibody.
For example, such an antibody fragment may comprise one antigen
binding arm linked to an Fc sequence capable of conferring in vivo
stability to the fragment. In one embodiment, an antibody of the
invention is a one-armed antibody as described in WO2005/063816. In
one embodiment, the one-armed antibody comprises Fc mutations
constituting "knobs" and "holes" as described in WO2005/063816. For
example, a hole mutation can be one or more of T366A, L368A and/or
Y407V in an Fc polypeptide, and a knob mutation can be T366W.
[0109] The term "monoclonal antibody" as used herein refers to an
antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous
antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the
population are identical except for possible naturally occurring
mutations that may be present in minor amounts. Monoclonal
antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single
antigen. Furthermore, in contrast to polyclonal antibody
preparations that typically include different antibodies directed
against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody
is directed against a single determinant on the antigen.
[0110] The monoclonal antibodies herein specifically include
"chimeric" antibodies in which a portion of the heavy and/or light
chain is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in
antibodies derived from a particular species or belonging to a
particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the
chain(s) is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences
in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another
antibody class or subclass, as well as fragments of such
antibodies, so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity
(U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; and Morrison et al., Proc. Natl. Acad.
Sci. USA 81:6851-6855 (1984)).
[0111] "Humanized" forms of non-human (e.g., murine) antibodies are
chimeric antibodies that contain minimal sequence derived from
non-human immunoglobulin. For the most part, humanized antibodies
are human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues
from a hypervariable region of the recipient are replaced by
residues from a hypervariable region of a non-human species (donor
antibody) such as mouse, rat, rabbit or nonhuman primate having the
desired specificity, affinity, and capacity. In some instances,
framework region (FR) residues of the human immunoglobulin are
replaced by corresponding non-human residues. Furthermore,
humanized antibodies may comprise residues that are not found in
the recipient antibody or in the donor antibody. These
modifications are made to further refine antibody performance. In
general, the humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of
at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or
substantially all of the hypervariable loops correspond to those of
a non-human immunoglobulin and all or substantially all of the FRs
are those of a human immunoglobulin sequence. The humanized
antibody optionally will also comprise at least a portion of an
immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human
immunoglobulin. For further details, see Jones et al., Nature
321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et at., Nature 332:323-329 (1988);
and Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol. 2:593-596 (1992). See also the
following review articles and references cited therein: Vaswani and
Hamilton, Ann. Allergy, Asthma & Immunol. 1:105-115 (1998);
Harris, Biochem. Soc. Transactions 23:1035-1038 (1995); Hurle and
Gross, Curr. Op. Biotech. 5:428-433 (1994).
[0112] An "antigen" is a predetermined antigen to which an antibody
can selectively bind. The target antigen may be polypeptide,
carbohydrate, nucleic acid, lipid, hapten or other naturally
occurring or synthetic compound. Preferably, the target antigen is
a polypeptide. An "acceptor human framework" for the purposes
herein is a framework comprising the amino acid sequence of a VL or
VH framework derived from a human immunoglobulin framework, or from
a human consensus framework. An acceptor human framework "derived
from" a human immunoglobulin framework or human consensus framework
may comprise the same amino acid sequence thereof, or may contain
pre-existing amino acid sequence changes. Where pre-existing amino
acid changes are present, preferably no more than 5 and preferably
4 or less, or 3 or less, pre-existing amino acid changes are
present. Where pre-existing amino acid changes are present in a VH,
preferably those changes are only at three, two or one of positions
71H, 73H and 78H; for instance, the amino acid residues at those
positions may be 71A, 73T and/or 78A. In one embodiment, the VL
acceptor human framework is identical in sequence to the VL human
immunoglobulin framework sequence or human consensus framework
sequence.
[0113] A "human consensus framework" is a framework which
represents the most commonly occurring amino acid residue in a
selection of human immunoglobulin VL or VH framework sequences.
Generally, the selection of human immunoglobulin VL or VH sequences
is from a subgroup of variable domain sequences. Generally, the
subgroup of sequences is a subgroup as in Kabat et al. In one
embodiment, for the VL, the subgroup is subgroup kappa I as in
Kabat et al. In one embodiment, for the VH, the subgroup is
subgroup III as in Kabat et al.
[0114] A "VH subgroup III consensus framework" comprises the
consensus sequence obtained from the amino acid sequences in
variable heavy subgroup III of Kabat et al. In one embodiment, the
VH subgroup III consensus framework amino acid sequence comprises
at least a portion or all of each of the following sequences:
EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAAS (SEQ ID NO:42)-H1-WVRQAPGKGLEWV (SEQ ID
NO:43)-H2-RFTISRDNSKNTLYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYC (SEQ ID
NO:44)-H3-WGQGTLVTVSS (SEQ ID NO:45).
[0115] A "VL subgroup I consensus framework" comprises the
consensus sequence obtained from the amino acid sequences in
variable light kappa subgroup I of Kabat et al. In one embodiment,
the VH subgroup I consensus framework amino acid sequence comprises
at least a portion or all of each of the following sequences:
TABLE-US-00002 DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITC (SEQ ID NO: 46)
L1-WYQQKPGKAPKLLIY (SEQ ID NO: 47)
L2-GVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYC (SEQ ID NO: 48) L3-FGQGTKVEIK.
(SEQ ID NO: 49)
[0116] An "unmodified human framework" is a human framework which
has the same amino acid sequence as the acceptor human framework,
e.g. lacking human to non-human amino acid substitution(s) in the
acceptor human framework.
[0117] An "altered hypervariable region" for the purposes herein is
a hypervariable region comprising one or more (e.g. one to about
16) amino acid substitution(s) therein.
[0118] An "un-modified hypervariable region" for the purposes
herein is a hypervariable region having the same amino acid
sequence as a non-human antibody from which it was derived, i.e.
one which lacks one or more amino acid substitutions therein.
[0119] The term "hypervariable region", "HVR", or "HV", when used
herein refers to the regions of an antibody variable domain which
are hypervariable in sequence and/or form structurally defined
loops. Generally, antibodies comprise six hypervariable regions;
three in the VH (H1, H2, H3), and three in the VL (L1, L2, L3). A
number of hypervariable region delineations are in use and are
encompassed herein. The Kabat Complementarity Determining Regions
(CDRs) are based on sequence variability and are the most commonly
used (Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological
Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of
Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)). Chothia refers instead to the
location of the structural loops (Chothia and Lesk J. Mol. Biol.
196:901-917 (1987)). The AbM hypervariable regions represent a
compromise between the Kabat CDRs and Chothia structural loops, and
are used by Oxford Molecular's AbM antibody modeling software. The
"contact" hypervariable regions are based on an analysis of the
available complex crystal structures. The residues from each of
these hypervariable regions are noted below.
TABLE-US-00003 Loop Kabat AbM Chothia Contact L1 L24-L34 L24-L34
L26-L32 L30-L36 L2 L50-L56 L50-L56 L50-L52 L46-L55 L3 L89-L97
L89-L97 L91-L96 L89-L96 H1 H31-H35B H26-H35B H26-H32 H30-H35B
(Kabat Numbering) H1 H31-H35 H26-H35 H26-H32 H30-H35 (Chothia
Numbering) H2 H50-H65 H50-H58 H53-H55 H47-H58 H3 H95-H102 H95-H102
H96-H101 H93-H101
[0120] Hypervariable regions may comprise "extended hypervariable
regions" as follows: 24-36 or 24-34 (L1), 46-56 or 50-56 (L2) and
89-97 (L3) in the VL and 26-35 (H1), 50-65 or 49-65 (H2) and
93-102, 94-102 or 95-102 (H3) in the VH. The variable domain
residues are numbered according to Kabat et al., supra for each of
these definitions.
[0121] "Framework" or "FR" residues are those variable domain
residues other than the hypervariable region residues as herein
defined.
[0122] A "human antibody" is one which possesses an amino acid
sequence which corresponds to that of an antibody produced by a
human and/or has been made using any of the techniques for making
human antibodies as disclosed herein. This definition of a human
antibody specifically excludes a humanized antibody comprising
non-human antigen-binding residues.
[0123] An "affinity matured" antibody is one with one or more
alterations in one or more CDRs thereof which result in an
improvement in the affinity of the antibody for antigen, compared
to a parent antibody which does not possess those alteration(s).
Preferred affinity matured antibodies will have nanomolar or even
picomolar affinities for the target antigen. Affinity matured
antibodies are produced by procedures known in the art. Marks et
al. Bio/Technology 10:779-783 (1992) describes affinity maturation
by VH and VL domain shuffling. Random mutagenesis of CDR and/or
framework residues is described by: Barbas et al. Proc Nat. Acad.
Sci, USA 91:3809-3813 (1994); Schier et al., Gene 169:147-155
(1995); Yelton et al. J. Immunol. 155:1994-2004 (1995); Jackson et
al., J. Immunol. 154(7):3310-9 (1995); and Hawkins et al, J. Mol.
Biol. 226:889-896 (1992).
[0124] A "blocking" antibody or an "antagonist" antibody is one
which inhibits or reduces biological activity of the antigen it
bind. Preferred blocking antibodies or antagonist antibodies
substantially or completely inhibit the biological activity of the
antigen.
[0125] An "agonist antibody", as used herein, is an antibody which
mimics at least one of the functional activities of a polypeptide
of interest.
[0126] A "disorder" is any condition that would benefit from
treatment with a substance/molecule or method of the invention.
This includes chronic and acute disorders or diseases including
those pathological conditions which predispose the mammal to the
disorder in question. Non-limiting examples of disorders to be
treated herein include malignant and benign tumors; non-leukemias
and lymphoid malignancies; neuronal, glial, astrocytal,
hypothalamic and other glandular, macrophagal, epithelial, stromal
and blastocoelic disorders; and inflammatory, immunologic and other
angiogenesis-related disorders.
[0127] The terms "cell proliferative disorder" and "proliferative
disorder" refer to disorders that are associated with some degree
of abnormal cell proliferation. In one embodiment, the cell
proliferative disorder is cancer.
[0128] "Tumor", as used herein, refers to all neoplastic cell
growth and proliferation, whether malignant or benign, and all
pre-cancerous and cancerous cells and tissues. The terms "cancer",
"cancerous", "cell proliferative disorder", "proliferative
disorder" and "tumor" are not mutually exclusive as referred to
herein.
[0129] The terms "cancer" and "cancerous" refer to or describe the
physiological condition in mammals that is typically characterized
by unregulated cell growth/proliferation. Examples of cancer
include but are not limited to, carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma,
sarcoma, and leukemia. More particular examples of such cancers
include squamous cell cancer, small-cell lung cancer, non-small
cell lung cancer, adenocarcinoma of the lung, squamous carcinoma of
the lung, cancer of the peritoneum, hepatocellular cancer,
gastrointestinal cancer, pancreatic cancer, glioblastoma, cervical
cancer, ovarian cancer, liver cancer, bladder cancer, hepatoma,
breast cancer, colon cancer, colorectal cancer, endometrial or
uterine carcinoma, salivary gland carcinoma, kidney cancer, liver
cancer, prostate cancer, vulval cancer, thyroid cancer, hepatic
carcinoma and various types of head and neck cancer.
[0130] Dysregulation of angiogenesis can lead to many disorders
that can be treated by compositions and methods of the invention.
These disorders include both non-neoplastic and neoplastic
conditions. Neoplastics include but are not limited those described
above. Non-neoplastic disorders include but are not limited to
undesired or aberrant hypertrophy, arthritis, rheumatoid arthritis
(RA), psoriasis, psoriatic plaques, sarcoidosis, atherosclerosis,
atherosclerotic plaques, diabetic and other proliferative
retinopathies including retinopathy of prematurity, retrolental
fibroplasia, neovascular glaucoma, age-related macular
degeneration, diabetic macular edema, corneal neovascularization,
corneal graft neovascularization, corneal graft rejection,
retinal/choroidal neovascularization, neovascularization of the
angle (rubeosis), ocular neovascular disease, vascular restenosis,
arteriovenous malformations (AVM), meningioma, hemangioma,
angiofibroma, thyroid hyperplasias (including Grave's disease),
corneal and other tissue transplantation, chronic inflammation,
lung inflammation, acute lung injury/ARDS, sepsis, primary
pulmonary hypertension, malignant pulmonary effusions, cerebral
edema (e.g., associated with acute stroke/closed head
injury/trauma), synovial inflammation, pannus formation in RA,
myositis ossificans, hypertropic bone formation, osteoarthritis
(OA), refractory ascites, polycystic ovarian disease,
endometriosis, 3rd spacing of fluid diseases (pancreatitis,
compartment syndrome, burns, bowel disease), uterine fibroids,
premature labor, chronic inflammation such as IBD (Crohn's disease
and ulcerative colitis), renal allograft rejection, inflammatory
bowel disease, nephrotic syndrome, undesired or aberrant tissue
mass growth (non-cancer), hemophilic joints, hypertrophic scars,
inhibition of hair growth, Osler-Weber syndrome, pyogenic granuloma
retrolental fibroplasias, scleroderma, trachoma, vascular
adhesions, synovitis, dermatitis, preeclampsia, ascites,
pericardial effusion (such as that associated with pericarditis),
and pleural effusion.
[0131] As used herein, "treatment" refers to clinical intervention
in an attempt to alter the natural course of the individual or cell
being treated, and can be performed either for prophylaxis or
during the course of clinical pathology. Desirable effects of
treatment include preventing occurrence or recurrence of disease,
alleviation of symptoms, diminishment of any direct or indirect
pathological consequences of the disease, preventing metastasis,
decreasing the rate of disease progression, amelioration or
palliation of the disease state, and remission or improved
prognosis. In some embodiments, antibodies of the invention are
used to delay development of a disease or disorder.
[0132] An "effective amount" refers to an amount effective, at
dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired
therapeutic or prophylactic result.
[0133] A "therapeutically effective amount" of a substance/molecule
of the invention, agonist or antagonist may vary according to
factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the
individual, and the ability of the substance/molecule, agonist or
antagonist to elicit a desired response in the individual. A
therapeutically effective amount is also one in which any toxic or
detrimental effects of the substance/molecule, agonist or
antagonist are outweighed by the therapeutically beneficial
effects. A "prophylactically effective amount" refers to an amount
effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve
the desired prophylactic result. Typically but not necessarily,
since a prophylactic dose is used in subjects prior to or at an
earlier stage of disease, the prophylactically effective amount
will be less than the therapeutically effective amount.
[0134] The term "cytotoxic agent" as used herein refers to a
substance that inhibits or prevents the function of cells and/or
causes destruction of cells. The term is intended to include
radioactive isotopes (e.g., At.sup.211, I.sup.131, I.sup.125,
Y.sup.90, Re.sup.186, Re.sup.188, Sm.sup.153, Bi.sup.212, P.sup.32
and radioactive isotopes of Lu), chemotherapeutic agents e.g.
methotrexate, adriamicin, vinca alkaloids (vincristine,
vinblastine, etoposide), doxorubicin, melphalan, mitomycin C,
chlorambucil, daunorubicin or other intercalating agents, enzymes
and fragments thereof such as nucleolytic enzymes, antibiotics, and
toxins such as small molecule toxins or enzymatically active toxins
of bacterial, fungal, plant or animal origin, including fragments
and/or variants thereof, and the various antitumor or anticancer
agents disclosed below. Other cytotoxic agents are described below.
A tumoricidal agent causes destruction of tumor cells.
[0135] A "chemotherapeutic agent" is a chemical compound useful in
the treatment of cancer. Examples of chemotherapeutic agents
include alkylating agents such as thiotepa and CYTOXAN.RTM.
cyclosphosphamide; alkyl sulfonates such as busulfan, improsulfan
and piposulfan; aziridines such as benzodopa, carboquone,
meturedopa, and uredopa; ethylenimines and methylamelamines
including altretamine, triethylenemelamine,
trietylenephosphoramide, triethiylenethiophosphoramide and
trimethylolomelamine; acetogenins (especially bullatacin and
bullatacinone); delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (dronabinol,
MARINOL.RTM.); beta-lapachone; lapachol; colchicines; betulinic
acid; a camptothecin (including the synthetic analogue topotecan
(HYCAMTINO), CPT-11 (irinotecan, CAMPTOSAR.RTM.),
acetylcamptothecin, scopolectin, and 9-aminocamptothecin);
bryostatin; callystatin; CC-1065 (including its adozelesin,
carzelesin and bizelesin synthetic analogues); podophyllotoxin;
podophyllinic acid; teniposide; cryptophycins (particularly
cryptophycin 1 and cryptophycin 8); dolastatin; duocarmycin
(including the synthetic analogues, KW-2189 and CB1-TM1);
eleutherobin; pancratistatin; a sarcodictyin; spongistatin;
nitrogen mustards such as chlorambucil, chlornaphazine,
cholophosphamide, estramustine, ifosfamide, mechlorethamine,
mechlorethamine oxide hydrochloride, melphalan, novembichin,
phenesterine, prednimustine, trofosfamide, uracil mustard;
nitrosureas such as carmustine, chlorozotocin, fotemustine,
lomustine, nimustine, and ranimnustine; antibiotics such as the
enediyne antibiotics (e.g., calicheamicin, especially calicheamicin
gamma1I and calicheamicin omegaI1 (see, e.g., Agnew, Chem. Intl.
Ed. Engl., 33: 183-186 (1994)); dynemicin, including dynemicin A;
an esperamicin; as well as neocarzinostatin chromophore and related
chromoprotein enediyne antiobiotic chromophores), aclacinomysins,
actinomycin, authramycin, azaserine, bleomycins, cactinomycin,
carabicin, caminomycin, carzinophilin, chromomycinis, dactinomycin,
daunorubicin, detorubicin, 6-diazo-5-oxo-L-norleucine,
ADRIAMYCIN.RTM. doxorubicin (including morpholino-doxorubicin,
cyanomorpholino-doxorubicin, 2-pyrrolino-doxorubicin and
deoxydoxorubicin), epirubicin, esorubicin, idarubicin,
marcellomycin, mitomycins such as mitomycin C, mycophenolic acid,
nogalamycin, olivomycins, peplomycin, potfiromycin, puromycin,
quelamycin, rodorubicin, streptonigrin, streptozocin, tubercidin,
ubenimex, zinostatin, zorubicin; anti-metabolites such as
methotrexate and 5-fluorouracil (5-FU); folic acid analogues such
as denopterin, methotrexate, pteropterin, trimetrexate; purine
analogs such as fludarabine, 6-mercaptopurine, thiamiprine,
thioguanine; pyrimidine analogs such as ancitabine, azacitidine,
6-azauridine, carmofur, cytarabine, dideoxyuridine, doxifluridine,
enocitabine, floxuridine; androgens such as calusterone,
dromostanolone propionate, epitiostanol, mepitiostane,
testolactone; anti-adrenals such as aminoglutethimide, mitotane,
trilostane; folic acid replenisher such as frolinic acid;
aceglatone; aldophosphamide glycoside; aminolevulinic acid;
eniluracil; amsacrine; bestrabucil; bisantrene; edatraxate;
defofamine; demecolcine; diaziquone; elformithine; elliptinium
acetate; an epothilone; etoglucid; gallium nitrate; hydroxyurea;
lentinan; lonidainine; maytansinoids such as maytansine and
ansamitocins; mitoguazone; mitoxantrone; mopidanmol; nitraerine;
pentostatin; phenamet; pirarubicin; losoxantrone; 2-ethylhydrazide;
procarbazine; PSK.RTM. polysaccharide complex (JHS Natural
Products, Eugene, Oreg.); razoxane; rhizoxin; sizofuran;
spirogermanium; tenuazonic acid; triaziquone;
2,2',2''-trichlorotriethylamine; trichothecenes (especially T-2
toxin, verracurin A, roridin A and anguidine); urethan; vindesine
(ELDISINE.RTM., FILDESIN.RTM.); dacarbazine; mannomustine;
mitobronitol; mitolactol; pipobroman; gacytosine; arabinoside
("Ara-C"); thiotepa; taxoids, e.g., TAXOL.RTM. paclitaxel
(Bristol-Myers Squibb Oncology, Princeton, N.J.), ABRAXANE.TM.
Cremophor-free, albumin-engineered nanoparticle formulation of
paclitaxel (American Pharmaceutical Partners, Schaumberg, Ill.),
and TAXOTERE.RTM. doxetaxel (Rhone-Poulenc Rorer, Antony, France);
chloranbucil; gemcitabine (GEMZAR.RTM.); 6-thioguanine;
mercaptopurine; methotrexate; platinum analogs such as cisplatin
and carboplatin; vinblastine (VELBAN.RTM.); platinum; etoposide
(VP-16); ifosfamide; mitoxantrone; vincristine (ONCOVIN.RTM.);
oxaliplatin; leucovovin; vinorelbine (NAVELBINE.RTM.); novantrone;
edatrexate; daunomycin; aminopterin; ibandronate; topoisomerase
inhibitor RFS 2000; difluoromethylornithine (DMFO); retinoids such
as retinoic acid; capecitabine (XELODA.RTM.); pharmaceutically
acceptable salts, acids or derivatives of any of the above; as well
as combinations of two or more of the above such as CHOP, an
abbreviation for a combined therapy of cyclophosphamide,
doxorubicin, vincristine, and prednisolone, and FOLFOX, an
abbreviation for a treatment regimen with oxaliplatin
(ELOXATIN.TM.) combined with 5-FU and leucovovin.
[0136] Also included in this definition are anti-hormonal agents
that act to regulate, reduce, block, or inhibit the effects of
hormones that can promote the growth of cancer, and are often in
the form of systemic, or whole-body treatment. They may be hormones
themselves. Examples include anti-estrogens and selective estrogen
receptor modulators (SERMs), including, for example, tamoxifen
(including NOLVADEX.RTM. tamoxifen), EVISTA.RTM. raloxifene,
droloxifene, 4-hydroxytamoxifen, trioxifene, keoxifene, LY117018,
onapristone, and FARESTON.RTM. toremifene; anti-progesterones;
estrogen receptor down-regulators (ERDs); agents that function to
suppress or shut down the ovaries, for example, leutinizing
hormone-releasing hormone (LHRH) agonists such as LUPRON.RTM. and
ELIGARD.RTM. leuprolide acetate, goserelin acetate, buserelin
acetate and tripterelin; other anti-androgens such as flutamide,
nilutamide and bicalutamide; and aromatase inhibitors that inhibit
the enzyme aromatase, which regulates estrogen production in the
adrenal glands, such as, for example, 4(5)-imidazoles,
aminoglutethimide, MEGASE.RTM. megestrol acetate, AROMASIN.RTM.
exemestane, formestanie, fadrozole, RIVISOR.RTM. vorozole,
FEMARA.RTM. letrozole, and ARIMIDEX.RTM. anastrozole. In addition,
such definition of chemotherapeutic agents includes bisphosphonates
such as clodronate (for example, BONEFOS.RTM. or OSTAC.RTM.),
DIDROCAL.RTM. etidronate, NE-58095, ZOMETA.RTM. zoledronic
acid/zoledronate, FOSAMAX.RTM. alendronate, AREDIA.RTM.
pamidronate, SKELID.RTM. tiludronate, or ACTONEL.RTM. risedronate;
as well as troxacitabine (a 1,3-dioxolane nucleoside cytosine
analog); antisense oligonucleotides, particularly those that
inhibit expression of genes in signaling pathways implicated in
abherant cell proliferation, such as, for example, PKC-alpha, Raf,
H-Ras, and epidermal growth factor receptor (EGF-R); vaccines such
as THERATOPE.RTM. vaccine and gene therapy vaccines, for example,
ALLOVECTIN.RTM. vaccine, LEUVECTIN.RTM. vaccine, and VAXID.RTM.
vaccine; LURTOTECAN.RTM. topoisomerase 1 inhibitor; ABARELIX.RTM.
rmRH; lapatinib ditosylate (an ErbB-2 and EGFR dual tyrosine kinase
small-molecule inhibitor also known as GW572016); and
pharmaceutically acceptable salts, acids or derivatives of any of
the above.
[0137] A "growth inhibitory agent" when used herein refers to a
compound or composition which inhibits growth of a cell whose
growth is dependent upon HGF/c-met activation either in vitro or in
vivo. Thus, the growth inhibitory agent may be one which
significantly reduces the percentage of HGF/c-met-dependent cells
in S phase. Examples of growth inhibitory agents include agents
that block cell cycle progression (at a place other than S phase),
such as agents that induce G1 arrest and M-phase arrest. Classical
M-phase blockers include the vincas (vincristine and vinblastine),
taxanes, and topoisomerase II inhibitors such as doxorubicin,
epirubicin, daunorubicin, etoposide, and bleomycin. Those agents
that arrest G1 also spill over into S-phase arrest, for example,
DNA alkylating agents such as tamoxifen, prednisone, dacarbazine,
mechlorethamine, cisplatin, methotrexate, 5-fluorouracil, and
ara-C. Further information can be found in The Molecular Basis of
Cancer, Mendelsohn and Israel, eds., Chapter 1, entitled "Cell
cycle regulation, oncogenes, and antineoplastic drugs" by Murakami
et al. (WB Saunders: Philadelphia, 1995), especially p. 13. The
taxanes (paclitaxel and docetaxel) are anticancer drugs both
derived from the yew tree. Docetaxel (TAXOTERE.RTM., Rhone-Poulenc
Rorer), derived from the European yew, is a semisynthetic analogue
of paclitaxel (TAXOL.RTM., Bristol-Myers Squibb). Paclitaxel and
docetaxel promote the assembly of microtubules from tubulin dimers
and stabilize microtubules by preventing depolymerization, which
results in the inhibition of mitosis in cells.
[0138] "Doxorubicin" is an anthracycline antibiotic. The full
chemical name of doxorubicin is
(8S-cis)-10-[(3-amino-2,3,6-trideoxy-.alpha.-L-lyxo-hexapyranosyl)oxy]-7,-
8,9,10-tetrahydro-6,8,11-trihydroxy-8-(hydroxyacetyl)-1-methoxy-5,12-napht-
hacenedione.
Generating Variant Antibodies Exhibiting Reduced or Absence of HAMA
Response
[0139] Reduction or elimination of a HAMA response is a significant
aspect of clinical development of suitable therapeutic agents. See,
e.g., Khaxzaeli et al., J. Natl. Cancer Inst. (1988), 80:937;
Jaffers et al., Transplantation (1986), 41:572; Shawler et al., J.
Immunol. (1985), 135:1530; Sears et al., J. Biol. Response Mod.
(1984), 3:138; Miller et al., Blood (1983), 62:988; Hakimi et al.,
J. Immunol. (1991), 147:1352; Reichmann et al., Nature (1988),
332:323; Junghans et al., Cancer Res. (1990), 50:1495. As described
herein, the invention provides antibodies that are humanized such
that HAMA response is reduced or eliminated. Variants of these
antibodies can further be obtained using routine methods known in
the art, some of which are further described below.
[0140] For example, an amino acid sequence from an antibody as
described herein can serve as a starting (parent) sequence for
diversification of the framework and/or hypervariable sequence(s).
A selected framework sequence to which a starting hypervariable
sequence is linked is referred to herein as an acceptor human
framework. While the acceptor human frameworks may be from, or
derived from, a human immunoglobulin (the VL and/or VH regions
thereof), preferably the acceptor human frameworks are from, or
derived from, a human consensus framework sequence as such
frameworks have been demonstrated to have minimal, or no,
immunogenicity in human patients.
[0141] Where the acceptor is derived from a human immunoglobulin,
one may optionally select a human framework sequence that is
selected based on its homology to the donor framework sequence by
aligning the donor framework sequence with various human framework
sequences in a collection of human framework sequences, and select
the most homologous framework sequence as the acceptor.
[0142] In one embodiment, human consensus frameworks herein are
from, or derived from, VH subgroup III and/or VL kappa subgroup I
consensus framework sequences.
[0143] Thus, the VH acceptor human framework may comprise one, two,
three or all of the following framework sequences:
FR1 comprising EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAAS (SEQ ID NO:42), FR2
comprising WVRQAPGKGLEWV (SEQ ID NO:43), FR3 comprising FR3
comprises RFTISX1DX2SKNTX3YLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYC (SEQ ID NO:50), wherein
X1 is A or R, X2 is T or N, and X3 is A or L, FR4 comprising
WGQGTLVTVSS (SEQ ID NO:45). Examples of VH consensus frameworks
include: human VH subgroup I consensus framework minus Kabat CDRs
(SEQ ID NO:19); human VH subgroup I consensus framework minus
extended hypervariable regions (SEQ ID NOs:20-22); human VH
subgroup II consensus framework minus Kabat CDRs (SEQ ID NO:23);
human VH subgroup II consensus framework minus extended
hypervariable regions (SEQ ID NOs:24-26); human VH subgroup III
consensus framework minus Kabat CDRs (SEQ ID NO:27); human VH
subgroup III consensus framework minus extended hypervariable
regions (SEQ ID NO:28-30); human VH acceptor framework minus Kabat
CDRs (SEQ ID NO:31); human VH acceptor framework minus extended
hypervariable regions (SEQ ID NOs:32-33); human VH acceptor 2
framework minus Kabat CDRs (SEQ ID NO:34); or human VH acceptor 2
framework minus extended hypervariable regions (SEQ ID
NOs:35-37).
[0144] In one embodiment, the VH acceptor human framework comprises
one, two, three or all of the following framework sequences:
TABLE-US-00004 (SEQ ID NO: 42) FR1 comprising
EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAAS, (SEQ ID NO: 43) FR2 comprising
WVRQAPGKGLEWV, (SEQ ID NO: 51) FR3 comprising
RFTISADTSKNTAYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYC, (SEQ ID NO: 52)
RFTISADTSKNTAYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCA, (SEQ ID NO: 53)
RFTISADTSKNTAYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCAR, (SEQ ID NO: 54)
RFTISADTSKNTAYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCS, or (SEQ ID NO: 55)
RFTISADTSKNTAYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCSR (SEQ ID NO: 45) FR4 comprising
WGQGTLVTVSS.
[0145] The VL acceptor human framework may comprise one, two, three
or all of the following framework sequences:
TABLE-US-00005 (SEQ ID NO: 46) FR1 comprising
DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITC, (SEQ ID NO: 47) FR2 comprising
WYQQKPGKAPKLLIY, (SEQ ID NO: 48) FR3 comprising
GVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYC, (SEQ ID NO: 49) FR4 comprising
FGQGTKVEIK.
Examples of VL Consensus Frameworks Include:
[0146] human VL kappa subgroup I consensus framework (SEQ ID
NO:38); human VL kappa subgroup II consensus framework (SEQ ID
NO:39); human VL kappa subgroup III consensus framework (SEQ ID
NO:40); or human VL kappa subgroup IV consensus framework (SEQ ID
NO:41)
[0147] While the acceptor may be identical in sequence to the human
framework sequence selected, whether that be from a human
immunoglobulin or a human consensus framework, the present
invention contemplates that the acceptor sequence may comprise
pre-existing amino acid substitutions relative to the human
immunoglobulin sequence or human consensus framework sequence.
These pre-existing substitutions are preferably minimal; usually
four, three, two or one amino acid differences only relative to the
human immunoglobulin sequence or consensus framework sequence.
[0148] Hypervariable region residues of the non-human antibody are
incorporated into the VL and/or VH acceptor human frameworks. For
example, one may incorporate residues corresponding to the Kabat
CDR residues, the Chothia hypervariable loop residues, the Abm
residues, and/or contact residues. Optionally, the extended
hypervariable region residues as follows are incorporated: 24-34
(L1), 50-56 (L2) and 89-97 (L3), 26-35 (H1), 50-65 or 49-65 (H2)
and 93-102, 94-102, or 95-102 (H3).
[0149] While "incorporation" of hypervariable region residues is
discussed herein, it will be appreciated that this can be achieved
in various ways, for example, nucleic acid encoding the desired
amino acid sequence can be generated by mutating nucleic acid
encoding the mouse variable domain sequence so that the framework
residues thereof are changed to acceptor human framework residues,
or by mutating nucleic acid encoding the human variable domain
sequence so that the hypervariable domain residues are changed to
non-human residues, or by synthesizing nucleic acid encoding the
desired sequence, etc.
[0150] In the examples herein, hypervariable region-grafted
variants were generated by Kunkel mutagenesis of nucleic acid
encoding the human acceptor sequences, using a separate
oligonucleotide for each hypervariable region. Kunkel et al.,
Methods Enzymol. 154:367-382 (1987). Appropriate changes can be
introduced within the framework and/or hypervariable region, using
routine techniques, to correct and re-establish proper
hypervariable region-antigen interactions.
[0151] Phage(mid) display (also referred to herein as phage display
in some contexts) can be used as a convenient and fast method for
generating and screening many different potential variant
antibodies in a library generated by sequence randomization.
However, other methods for making and screening altered antibodies
are available to the skilled person.
[0152] Phage(mid) display technology has provided a powerful tool
for generating and selecting novel proteins which bind to a ligand,
such as an antigen. Using the techniques of phage(mid) display
allows the generation of large libraries of protein variants which
can be rapidly sorted for those sequences that bind to a target
molecule with high affinity. Nucleic acids encoding variant
polypeptides are generally fused to a nucleic acid sequence
encoding a viral coat protein, such as the gene III protein or the
gene VIII protein. Monovalent phagemid display systems where the
nucleic acid sequence encoding the protein or polypeptide is fused
to a nucleic acid sequence encoding a portion of the gene III
protein have been developed. (Bass, S., Proteins, 8:309 (1990);
Lowman and Wells, Methods: A Companion to Methods in Enzymology,
3:205 (1991)). In a monovalent phagemid display system, the gene
fusion is expressed at low levels and wild type gene III proteins
are also expressed so that infectivity of the particles is
retained. Methods of generating peptide libraries and screening
those libraries have been disclosed in many patents (e.g. U.S. Pat.
No. 5,723,286, U.S. Pat. No. 5,432,018, U.S. Pat. No. 5,580,717,
U.S. Pat. No. 5,427,908 and U.S. Pat. No. 5,498,530).
[0153] Libraries of antibodies or antigen binding polypeptides have
been prepared in a number of ways including by altering a single
gene by inserting random DNA sequences or by cloning a family of
related genes. Methods for displaying antibodies or antigen binding
fragments using phage(mid) display have been described in U.S. Pat.
Nos. 5,750,373, 5,733,743, 5,837,242, 5,969,108, 6,172,197,
5,580,717, and 5,658,727. The library is then screened for
expression of antibodies or antigen binding proteins with the
desired characteristics.
[0154] Methods of substituting an amino acid of choice into a
template nucleic acid are well established in the art, some of
which are described herein. For example, hypervariable region
residues can be substituted using the Kunkel method. See, e.g.,
Kunkel et al., Methods Enzymol. 154:367-382 (1987).
[0155] The sequence of oligonucleotides includes one or more of the
designed codon sets for the hypervariable region residues to be
altered. A codon set is a set of different nucleotide triplet
sequences used to encode desired variant amino acids. Codon sets
can be represented using symbols to designate particular
nucleotides or equimolar mixtures of nucleotides as shown in below
according to the IUB code.
TABLE-US-00006 IUB CODES G Guanine A Adenine T Thymine C Cytosine R
(A or G) Y (C or T) M (A or C) K (G or T) S (C or G) W (A or T) H
(A or C or T) B (C or G or T) V (A or C or G) D (A or G or T) N (A
or C or G or T)
[0156] For example, in the codon set DVK, D can be nucleotides A or
G or T; V can be A or G or C; and K can be G or T. This codon set
can present 18 different codons and can encode amino acids Ala,
Tip, Tyr, Lys, Thr, Asn, Lys, Ser, Arg, Asp, Glu, Gly, and Cys.
[0157] Oligonucleotide or primer sets can be synthesized using
standard methods. A set of oligonucleotides can be synthesized, for
example, by solid phase synthesis, containing sequences that
represent all possible combinations of nucleotide triplets provided
by the codon set and that will encode the desired group of amino
acids. Synthesis of oligonucleotides with selected nucleotide
"degeneracy" at certain positions is well known in that art. Such
sets of nucleotides having certain codon sets can be synthesized
using commercial nucleic acid synthesizers (available from, for
example, Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif.), or can be
obtained commercially (for example, from Life Technologies,
Rockville, Md.). Therefore, a set of oligonucleotides synthesized
having a particular codon set will typically include a plurality of
oligonucleotides with different sequences, the differences
established by the codon set within the overall sequence.
Oligonucleotides, as used according to the invention, have
sequences that allow for hybridization to a variable domain nucleic
acid template and also can include restriction enzyme sites for
cloning purposes.
[0158] In one method, nucleic acid sequences encoding variant amino
acids can be created by oligonucleotide-mediated mutagenesis. This
technique is well known in the art as described by Zoller et al.
Nucleic Acids Res. 10:6487-6504 (1987). Briefly, nucleic acid
sequences encoding variant amino acids are created by hybridizing
an oligonucleotide set encoding the desired codon sets to a DNA
template, where the template is the single-stranded form of the
plasmid containing a variable region nucleic acid template
sequence. After hybridization, DNA polymerase is used to synthesize
an entire second complementary strand of the template that will
thus incorporate the oligonucleotide primer, and will contain the
codon sets as provided by the oligonucleotide set.
[0159] Generally, oligonucleotides of at least 25 nucleotides in
length are used. An optimal oligonucleotide will have 12 to 15
nucleotides that are completely complementary to the template on
either side of the nucleotide(s) coding for the mutation(s). This
ensures that the oligonucleotide will hybridize properly to the
single-stranded DNA template molecule. The oligonucleotides are
readily synthesized using techniques known in the art such as that
described by Crea et al., Proc. Nat'l. Acad. Sci. USA, 75:5765
(1978).
[0160] The DNA template is generated by those vectors that are
either derived from bacteriophage M13 vectors (the commercially
available M13 mp 18 and M13 mp 19 vectors are suitable), or those
vectors that contain a single-stranded phage origin of replication
as described by Viera et al., Meth. Enzymol., 153:3 (1987). Thus,
the DNA that is to be mutated can be inserted into one of these
vectors in order to generate single-stranded template. Production
of the single-stranded template is described in sections 4.21-4.41
of Sambrook et al., above.
[0161] To alter the native DNA sequence, the oligonucleotide is
hybridized to the single stranded template under suitable
hybridization conditions. A DNA polymerizing enzyme, usually T7 DNA
polymerase or the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase I, is then
added to synthesize the complementary strand of the template using
the oligonucleotide as a primer for synthesis. A heteroduplex
molecule is thus formed such that one strand of DNA encodes the
mutated form of gene 1, and the other strand (the original
template) encodes the native, unaltered sequence of gene 1. This
heteroduplex molecule is then transformed into a suitable host
cell, usually a prokaryote such as E. coli JM101. After growing the
cells, they are plated onto agarose plates and screened using the
oligonucleotide primer radiolabelled with a 32-Phosphate to
identify the bacterial colonies that contain the mutated DNA.
[0162] The method described immediately above may be modified such
that a homoduplex molecule is created wherein both strands of the
plasmid contain the mutation(s). The modifications are as follows:
The single stranded oligonucleotide is annealed to the
single-stranded template as described above. A mixture of three
deoxyribonucleotides, deoxyriboadenosine (dATP), deoxyriboguanosine
(dGTP), and deoxyribothymidine (dTT), is combined with a modified
thiodeoxyribocytosine called dCTP-(aS) (which can be obtained from
Amersham). This mixture is added to the template-oligonucleotide
complex. Upon addition of DNA polymerase to this mixture, a strand
of DNA identical to the template except for the mutated bases is
generated. In addition, this new strand of DNA will contain
dCTP-(aS) instead of dCTP, which serves to protect it from
restriction endonuclease digestion. After the template strand of
the double-stranded heteroduplex is nicked with an appropriate
restriction enzyme, the template strand can be digested with ExoIII
nuclease or another appropriate nuclease past the region that
contains the site(s) to be mutagenized. The reaction is then
stopped to leave a molecule that is only partially single-stranded.
A complete double-stranded DNA homoduplex is then formed using DNA
polymerase in the presence of all four deoxyribonucleotide
triphosphates, ATP, and DNA ligase. This homoduplex molecule can
then be transformed into a suitable host cell.
[0163] As indicated previously the sequence of the oligonucleotide
set is of sufficient length to hybridize to the template nucleic
acid and may also, but does not necessarily, contain restriction
sites. The DNA template can be generated by those vectors that are
either derived from bacteriophage M13 vectors or vectors that
contain a single-stranded phage origin of replication as described
by Viera et al. Meth. Enzymol., 153:3 (1987). Thus, the DNA that is
to be mutated must be inserted into one of these vectors in order
to generate single-stranded template. Production of the
single-stranded template is described in sections 4.21-4.41 of
Sambrook et al., supra.
[0164] According to another method, a library can be generated by
providing upstream and downstream oligonucleotide sets, each set
having a plurality of oligonucleotides with different sequences,
the different sequences established by the codon sets provided
within the sequence of the oligonucleotides. The upstream and
downstream oligonucleotide sets, along with a variable domain
template nucleic acid sequence, can be used in a polymerase chain
reaction to generate a "library" of PCR products. The PCR products
can be referred to as "nucleic acid cassettes", as they can be
fused with other related or unrelated nucleic acid sequences, for
example, viral coat proteins and dimerization domains, using
established molecular biology techniques.
[0165] The sequence of the PCR primers includes one or more of the
designed codon sets for the solvent accessible and highly diverse
positions in a hypervariable region. As described above, a codon
set is a set of different nucleotide triplet sequences used to
encode desired variant amino acids.
[0166] Antibody selectants that meet the desired criteria, as
selected through appropriate screening/selection steps can be
isolated and cloned using standard recombinant techniques.
Vectors, Host Cells and Recombinant Methods
[0167] For recombinant production of an antibody of the invention,
the nucleic acid encoding it is isolated and inserted into a
replicable vector for further cloning (amplification of the DNA) or
for expression. DNA encoding the antibody is readily isolated and
sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using
oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to
genes encoding the heavy and light chains of the antibody). Many
vectors are available. The choice of vector depends in part on the
host cell to be used. Generally, preferred host cells are of either
prokaryotic or eukaryotic (generally mammalian) origin.
Generating Antibodies Using Prokaryotic Host Cells:
Vector Construction
[0168] Polynucleotide sequences encoding polypeptide components of
the antibody of the invention can be obtained using standard
recombinant techniques. Desired polynucleotide sequences may be
isolated and sequenced from antibody producing cells such as
hybridoma cells. Alternatively, polynucleotides can be synthesized
using nucleotide synthesizer or PCR techniques. Once obtained,
sequences encoding the polypeptides are inserted into a recombinant
vector capable of replicating and expressing heterologous
polynucleotides in prokaryotic hosts. Many vectors that are
available and known in the art can be used for the purpose of the
present invention. Selection of an appropriate vector will depend
mainly on the size of the nucleic acids to be inserted into the
vector and the particular host cell to be transformed with the
vector. Each vector contains various components, depending on its
function (amplification or expression of heterologous
polynucleotide, or both) and its compatibility with the particular
host cell in which it resides. The vector components generally
include, but are not limited to: an origin of replication, a
selection marker gene, a promoter, a ribosome binding site (RBS), a
signal sequence, the heterologous nucleic acid insert and a
transcription termination sequence.
[0169] In general, plasmid vectors containing replicon and control
sequences which are derived from species compatible with the host
cell are used in connection with these hosts. The vector ordinarily
carries a replication site, as well as marking sequences which are
capable of providing phenotypic selection in transformed cells. For
example, E. coli is typically transformed using pBR322, a plasmid
derived from an E. coli species. pBR322 contains genes encoding
ampicillin (Amp) and tetracycline (Tet) resistance and thus
provides easy means for identifying transformed cells. pBR322, its
derivatives, or other microbial plasmids or bacteriophage may also
contain, or be modified to contain, promoters which can be used by
the microbial organism for expression of endogenous proteins.
Examples of pBR322 derivatives used for expression of particular
antibodies are described in detail in Carter et al., U.S. Pat. No.
5,648,237.
[0170] In addition, phage vectors containing replicon and control
sequences that are compatible with the host microorganism can be
used as transforming vectors in connection with these hosts. For
example, bacteriophage such as .lamda.GEM.TM.-11 may be utilized in
making a recombinant vector which can be used to transform
susceptible host cells such as E. coli LE392.
[0171] The expression vector of the invention may comprise two or
more promoter-cistron pairs, encoding each of the polypeptide
components. A promoter is an untranslated regulatory sequence
located upstream (5') to a cistron that modulates its expression.
Prokaryotic promoters typically fall into two classes, inducible
and constitutive. Inducible promoter is a promoter that initiates
increased levels of transcription of the cistron under its control
in response to changes in the culture condition, e.g. the presence
or absence of a nutrient or a change in temperature.
[0172] A large number of promoters recognized by a variety of
potential host cells are well known. The selected promoter can be
operably linked to cistron DNA encoding the light or heavy chain by
removing the promoter from the source DNA via restriction enzyme
digestion and inserting the isolated promoter sequence into the
vector of the invention. Both the native promoter sequence and many
heterologous promoters may be used to direct amplification and/or
expression of the target genes. In some embodiments, heterologous
promoters are utilized, as they generally permit greater
transcription and higher yields of expressed target gene as
compared to the native target polypeptide promoter.
[0173] Promoters suitable for use with prokaryotic hosts include
the PhoA promoter, the .beta.-galactamase and lactose promoter
systems, a tryptophan (trp) promoter system and hybrid promoters
such as the tac or the trc promoter. However, other promoters that
are functional in bacteria (such as other known bacterial or phage
promoters) are suitable as well. Their nucleotide sequences have
been published, thereby enabling a skilled worker operably to
ligate them to cistrons encoding the target light and heavy chains
(Siebenlist et al. (1980) Cell 20: 269) using linkers or adaptors
to supply any required restriction sites.
[0174] In one aspect of the invention, each cistron within the
recombinant vector comprises a secretion signal sequence component
that directs translocation of the expressed polypeptides across a
membrane. In general, the signal sequence may be a component of the
vector, or it may be a part of the target polypeptide DNA that is
inserted into the vector. The signal sequence selected for the
purpose of this invention should be one that is recognized and
processed (i.e. cleaved by a signal peptidase) by the host cell.
For prokaryotic host cells that do not recognize and process the
signal sequences native to the heterologous polypeptides, the
signal sequence is substituted by a prokaryotic signal sequence
selected, for example, from the group consisting of the alkaline
phosphatase, penicillinase, Ipp, or heat-stable enterotoxin II
(STII) leaders, LamB, PhoE, PelB, OmpA and MBP. In one embodiment
of the invention, the signal sequences used in both cistrons of the
expression system are STII signal sequences or variants
thereof.
[0175] In another aspect, the production of the immunoglobulins
according to the invention can occur in the cytoplasm of the host
cell, and therefore does not require the presence of secretion
signal sequences within each cistron. In that regard,
immunoglobulin light and heavy chains are expressed, folded and
assembled to form functional immunoglobulins within the cytoplasm.
Certain host strains (e.g., the E. coli trxB strains) provide
cytoplasm conditions that are favorable for disulfide bond
formation, thereby permitting proper folding and assembly of
expressed protein subunits. Proba and Pluckthun Gene, 159:203
(1995).
[0176] The present invention provides an expression system in which
the quantitative ratio of expressed polypeptide components can be
modulated in order to maximize the yield of secreted and properly
assembled antibodies of the invention. Such modulation is
accomplished at least in part by simultaneously modulating
translational strengths for the polypeptide components.
[0177] One technique for modulating translational strength is
disclosed in Simmons et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,840,523. It utilizes
variants of the translational initiation region (TIR) within a
cistron. For a given TIR, a series of amino acid or nucleic acid
sequence variants can be created with a range of translational
strengths, thereby providing a convenient means by which to adjust
this factor for the desired expression level of the specific chain.
TIR variants can be generated by conventional mutagenesis
techniques that result in codon changes which can alter the amino
acid sequence, although silent changes in the nucleotide sequence
are preferred. Alterations in the TIR can include, for example,
alterations in the number or spacing of Shine-Dalgarno sequences,
along with alterations in the signal sequence. One method for
generating mutant signal sequences is the generation of a "codon
bank" at the beginning of a coding sequence that does not change
the amino acid sequence of the signal sequence (i.e., the changes
are silent). This can be accomplished by changing the third
nucleotide position of each codon; additionally, some amino acids,
such as leucine, serine, and arginine, have multiple first and
second positions that can add complexity in making the bank. This
method of mutagenesis is described in detail in Yansura et al.
(1992) METHODS: A Companion to Methods in Enzymol. 4:151-158.
[0178] Preferably, a set of vectors is generated with a range of
TIR strengths for each cistron therein. This limited set provides a
comparison of expression levels of each chain as well as the yield
of the desired antibody products under various TIR strength
combinations. TIR strengths can be determined by quantifying the
expression level of a reporter gene as described in detail in
Simmons et al. U.S. Pat. No. 5,840,523. Based on the translational
strength comparison, the desired individual TIRs are selected to be
combined in the expression vector constructs of the invention.
[0179] Prokaryotic host cells suitable for expressing antibodies of
the invention include Archaebacteria and Eubacteria, such as
Gram-negative or Gram-positive organisms. Examples of useful
bacteria include Escherichia (e.g., E. coli), Bacilli (e.g., B.
subtilis), Enterobacteria, Pseudomonas species (e.g., P.
aeruginosa), Salmonella typhimurium, Serratia marcescans,
Klebsiella, Proteus, Shigella, Rhizobia, Vitreoscilla, or
Paracoccus. In one embodiment, gram-negative cells are used. In one
embodiment, E. coli cells are used as hosts for the invention.
Examples of E. coli strains include strain W3110 (Bachmann,
Cellular and Molecular Biology, vol. 2 (Washington, D.C.: American
Society for Microbiology, 1987), pp. 1190-1219; ATCC Deposit No.
27,325) and derivatives thereof, including strain 33D3 having
genotype W3110 .DELTA.fhuA (.DELTA.tonA) ptr3 lac Iq lacL8
.DELTA.ompT.DELTA.(nmpc-fepE) degP41 kan.sup.R (U.S. Pat. No.
5,639,635). Other strains and derivatives thereof, such as E. coli
294 (ATCC 31,446), E. coli B, E. coli, 1776 (ATCC 31,537) and E.
coli RV308(ATCC 31,608) are also suitable. These examples are
illustrative rather than limiting. Methods for constructing
derivatives of any of the above-mentioned bacteria having defined
genotypes are known in the art and described in, for example, Bass
et al., Proteins, 8:309-314 (1990). It is generally necessary to
select the appropriate bacteria taking into consideration
replicability of the replicon in the cells of a bacterium. For
example, E. coli, Serratia, or Salmonella species can be suitably
used as the host when well known plasmids such as pBR322, pBR325,
pACYC177, or pKN410 are used to supply the replicon. Typically the
host cell should secrete minimal amounts of proteolytic enzymes,
and additional protease inhibitors may desirably be incorporated in
the cell culture.
Antibody Production
[0180] Host cells are transformed with the above-described
expression vectors and cultured in conventional nutrient media
modified as appropriate for inducing promoters, selecting
transformants, or amplifying the genes encoding the desired
sequences.
[0181] Transformation means introducing DNA into the prokaryotic
host so that the DNA is replicable, either as an extrachromosomal
element or by chromosomal integrant. Depending on the host cell
used, transformation is done using standard techniques appropriate
to such cells. The calcium treatment employing calcium chloride is
generally used for bacterial cells that contain substantial
cell-wall barriers. Another method for transformation employs
polyethylene glycol/DMSO. Yet another technique used is
electroporation.
[0182] Prokaryotic cells used to produce the polypeptides of the
invention are grown in media known in the art and suitable for
culture of the selected host cells. Examples of suitable media
include luria broth (LB) plus necessary nutrient supplements. In
some embodiments, the media also contains a selection agent, chosen
based on the construction of the expression vector, to selectively
permit growth of prokaryotic cells containing the expression
vector. For example, ampicillin is added to media for growth of
cells expressing ampicillin resistant gene.
[0183] Any necessary supplements besides carbon, nitrogen, and
inorganic phosphate sources may also be included at appropriate
concentrations introduced alone or as a mixture with another
supplement or medium such as a complex nitrogen source. Optionally
the culture medium may contain one or more reducing agents selected
from the group consisting of glutathione, cysteine, cystamine,
thioglycollate, dithioerythritol and dithiothreitol.
[0184] The prokaryotic host cells are cultured at suitable
temperatures. For E. coli growth, for example, the preferred
temperature ranges from about 20.degree. C. to about 39.degree. C.,
more preferably from about 25.degree. C. to about 37.degree. C.,
even more preferably at about 30.degree. C. The pH of the medium
may be any pH ranging from about 5 to about 9, depending mainly on
the host organism. For E. coli, the pH is preferably from about 6.8
to about 7.4, and more preferably about 7.0.
[0185] If an inducible promoter is used in the expression vector of
the invention, protein expression is induced under conditions
suitable for the activation of the promoter. In one aspect of the
invention, PhoA promoters are used for controlling transcription of
the polypeptides. Accordingly, the transformed host cells are
cultured in a phosphate-limiting medium for induction. Preferably,
the phosphate-limiting medium is the C.R.A.P medium (see, e.g.,
Simmons et al., J. Immunol. Methods (2002), 263:133-147). A variety
of other inducers may be used, according to the vector construct
employed, as is known in the art.
[0186] In one embodiment, the expressed polypeptides of the present
invention are secreted into and recovered from the periplasm of the
host cells. Protein recovery typically involves disrupting the
microorganism, generally by such means as osmotic shock, sonication
or lysis. Once cells are disrupted, cell debris or whole cells may
be removed by centrifugation or filtration. The proteins may be
further purified, for example, by affinity resin chromatography.
Alternatively, proteins can be transported into the culture media
and isolated therein. Cells may be removed from the culture and the
culture supernatant being filtered and concentrated for further
purification of the proteins produced. The expressed polypeptides
can be further isolated and identified using commonly known methods
such as polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (PAGE) and Western blot
assay.
[0187] In one aspect of the invention, antibody production is
conducted in large quantity by a fermentation process. Various
large-scale fed-batch fermentation procedures are available for
production of recombinant proteins. Large-scale fermentations have
at least 1000 liters of capacity, preferably about 1,000 to 100,000
liters of capacity. These fermentors use agitator impellers to
distribute oxygen and nutrients, especially glucose (the preferred
carbon/energy source). Small scale fermentation refers generally to
fermentation in a fermentor that is no more than approximately 100
liters in volumetric capacity, and can range from about 1 liter to
about 100 liters.
[0188] In a fermentation process, induction of protein expression
is typically initiated after the cells have been grown under
suitable conditions to a desired density, e.g., an OD.sub.550 of
about 180-220, at which stage the cells are in the early stationary
phase. A variety of inducers may be used, according to the vector
construct employed, as is known in the art and described above.
Cells may be grown for shorter periods prior to induction. Cells
are usually induced for about 12-50 hours, although longer or
shorter induction time may be used.
[0189] To improve the production yield and quality of the
polypeptides of the invention, various fermentation conditions can
be modified. For example, to improve the proper assembly and
folding of the secreted antibody polypeptides, additional vectors
overexpressing chaperone proteins, such as Dsb proteins (DsbA,
DsbB, DsbC, DsbD and or DsbG) or FkpA (a peptidylprolyl
cis,trans-isomerase with chaperone activity) can be used to
co-transform the host prokaryotic cells. The chaperone proteins
have been demonstrated to facilitate the proper folding and
solubility of heterologous proteins produced in bacterial host
cells. Chen et al. (1999) J Bio Chem 274:19601-19605; Georgiou et
al., U.S. Pat. No. 6,083,715; Georgiou et al., U.S. Pat. No.
6,027,888; Bothmann and Pluckthun (2000) J. Biol. Chem.
275:17100-17105; Ramm and Pluckthun (2000) J. Biol. Chem.
275:17106-17113; Arie et al. (2001)Mol. Microbiol. 39:199-210.
[0190] To minimize proteolysis of expressed heterologous proteins
(especially those that are proteolytically sensitive), certain host
strains deficient for proteolytic enzymes can be used for the
present invention. For example, host cell strains may be modified
to effect genetic mutation(s) in the genes encoding known bacterial
proteases such as Protease III, OmpT, DegP, Tsp, Protease I,
Protease Mi, Protease V, Protease VI and combinations thereof. Some
E. coli protease-deficient strains are available and described in,
for example, Joly et al. (1998), supra; Georgiou et al., U.S. Pat.
No. 5,264,365; Georgiou et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,508,192; Hara et
al., Microbial Drug Resistance, 2:63-72 (1996).
[0191] In one embodiment, E. coli strains deficient for proteolytic
enzymes and transformed with plasmids overexpressing one or more
chaperone proteins are used as host cells in the expression system
of the invention.
Antibody Purification
[0192] In one embodiment, the antibody protein produced herein is
further purified to obtain preparations that are substantially
homogeneous for further assays and uses. Standard protein
purification methods known in the art can be employed. The
following procedures are exemplary of suitable purification
procedures: fractionation on immunoaffinity or ion-exchange
columns, ethanol precipitation, reverse phase HPLC, chromatography
on silica or on a cation-exchange resin such as DEAE,
chromatofocusing, SDS-PAGE, ammonium sulfate precipitation, and gel
filtration using, for example, Sephadex G-75.
[0193] In one aspect, Protein A immobilized on a solid phase is
used for immunoaffinity purification of the full length antibody
products of the invention. Protein A is a 41 kD cell wall protein
from Staphylococcus aureas which binds with a high affinity to the
Fc region of antibodies. Lindmark et al (1983) J. Immunol. Meth.
62:1-13. The solid phase to which Protein A is immobilized is
preferably a column comprising a glass or silica surface, more
preferably a controlled pore glass column or a silicic acid column.
In some applications, the column has been coated with a reagent,
such as glycerol, in an attempt to prevent nonspecific adherence of
contaminants.
[0194] As the first step of purification, the preparation derived
from the cell culture as described above is applied onto the
Protein A immobilized solid phase to allow specific binding of the
antibody of interest to Protein A. The solid phase is then washed
to remove contaminants non-specifically bound to the solid phase.
Finally the antibody of interest is recovered from the solid phase
by elution.
Generating Antibodies Using Eukaryotic Host Cells:
[0195] The vector components generally include, but are not limited
to, one or more of the following: a signal sequence, an origin of
replication, one or more marker genes, an enhancer element, a
promoter, and a transcription termination sequence.
[0196] (i) Signal Sequence Component
[0197] A vector for use in a eukaryotic host cell may also contain
a signal sequence or other polypeptide having a specific cleavage
site at the N-terminus of the mature protein or polypeptide of
interest. The heterologous signal sequence selected preferably is
one that is recognized and processed (i.e., cleaved by a signal
peptidase) by the host cell. In mammalian cell expression,
mammalian signal sequences as well as viral secretory leaders, for
example, the herpes simplex gD signal, are available.
[0198] The DNA for such precursor region is ligated in reading
frame to DNA encoding the antibody.
(ii) Origin of Replication
[0199] Generally, an origin of replication component is not needed
for mammalian expression vectors. For example, the SV40 origin may
typically be used only because it contains the early promoter.
[0200] (iii) Selection Gene Component
[0201] Expression and cloning vectors may contain a selection gene,
also termed a selectable marker. Typical selection genes encode
proteins that (a) confer resistance to antibiotics or other toxins,
e.g., ampicillin, neomycin, methotrexate, or tetracycline, (b)
complement auxotrophic deficiencies, where relevant, or (c) supply
critical nutrients not available from complex media.
[0202] One example of a selection scheme utilizes a drug to arrest
growth of a host cell. Those cells that are successfully
transformed with a heterologous gene produce a protein conferring
drug resistance and thus survive the selection regimen. Examples of
such dominant selection use the drugs neomycin, mycophenolic acid
and hygromycin.
[0203] Another example of suitable selectable markers for mammalian
cells are those that enable the identification of cells competent
to take up the antibody nucleic acid, such as DHFR, thymidine
kinase, metallothionein-I and -II, preferably primate
metallothionein genes, adenosine deaminase, ornithine
decarboxylase, etc.
[0204] For example, cells transformed with the DHFR selection gene
are first identified by culturing all of the transformants in a
culture medium that contains methotrexate (Mtx), a competitive
antagonist of DHFR. An appropriate host cell when wild-type DHFR is
employed is the Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cell line deficient in
DHFR activity (e.g., ATCC CRL-9096).
[0205] Alternatively, host cells (particularly wild-type hosts that
contain endogenous DHFR) transformed or co-transformed with DNA
sequences encoding an antibody, wild-type DHFR protein, and another
selectable marker such as aminoglycoside 3'-phosphotransferase
(APH) can be selected by cell growth in medium containing a
selection agent for the selectable marker such as an
aminoglycosidic antibiotic, e.g., kanamycin, neomycin, or G418. See
U.S. Pat. No. 4,965,199.
[0206] (iv) Promoter Component
[0207] Expression and cloning vectors usually contain a promoter
that is recognized by the host organism and is operably linked to
the antibody polypeptide nucleic acid. Promoter sequences are known
for eukaryotes. Virtually alleukaryotic genes have an AT-rich
region located approximately 25 to 30 bases upstream from the site
where transcription is initiated. Another sequence found 70 to 80
bases upstream from the start of transcription of many genes is a
CNCAAT region where N may be any nucleotide. At the 3' end of most
eukaryotic genes is an AATAAA sequence that may be the signal for
addition of the poly A tail to the 3' end of the coding sequence.
All of these sequences are suitably inserted into eukaryotic
expression vectors.
[0208] Antibody polypeptide transcription from vectors in mammalian
host cells is controlled, for example, by promoters obtained from
the genomes of viruses such as polyoma virus, fowlpox virus,
adenovirus (such as Adenovirus 2), bovine papilloma virus, avian
sarcoma virus, cytomegalovirus, a retrovirus, hepatitis-B virus and
Simian Virus 40 (SV40), from heterologous mammalian promoters,
e.g., the actin promoter or an immunoglobulin promoter, from
heat-shock promoters, provided such promoters are compatible with
the host cell systems.
[0209] The early and late promoters of the SV40 virus are
conveniently obtained as an SV40 restriction fragment that also
contains the SV40 viral origin of replication. The immediate early
promoter of the human cytomegalovirus is conveniently obtained as a
HindIII E restriction fragment. A system for expressing DNA in
mammalian hosts using the bovine papilloma virus as a vector is
disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 4,419,446. A modification of this system
is described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,601,978. See also Reyes et al.,
Nature 297:598-601 (1982) on expression of human .beta.-interferon
cDNA in mouse cells under the control of a thymidine kinase
promoter from herpes simplex virus. Alternatively, the Rous Sarcoma
Virus long terminal repeat can be used as the promoter.
[0210] (v) Enhancer Element Component
[0211] Transcription of DNA encoding the antibody polypeptide of
this invention by higher eukaryotes is often increased by inserting
an enhancer sequence into the vector. Many enhancer sequences are
now known from mammalian genes (globin, elastase, albumin,
.alpha.-fetoprotein, and insulin). Typically, however, one will use
an enhancer from a eukaryotic cell virus. Examples include the SV40
enhancer on the late side of the replication origin (bp 100-270),
the cytomegalovirus early promoter enhancer, the polyoma enhancer
on the late side of the replication origin, and adenovirus
enhancers. See also Yaniv, Nature 297:17-18 (1982) on enhancing
elements for activation of eukaryotic promoters. The enhancer may
be spliced into the vector at a position 5' or 3' to the antibody
polypeptide-encoding sequence, but is preferably located at a site
5' from the promoter.
[0212] (vi) Transcription Termination Component
[0213] Expression vectors used in eukaryotic host cells will
typically also contain sequences necessary for the termination of
transcription and for stabilizing the mRNA. Such sequences are
commonly available from the 5' and, occasionally 3', untranslated
regions of eukaryotic or viral DNAs or cDNAs. These regions contain
nucleotide segments transcribed as polyadenylated fragments in the
untranslated portion of the mRNA encoding an antibody. One useful
transcription termination component is the bovine growth hormone
polyadenylation region. See WO94/11026 and the expression vector
disclosed therein.
[0214] (vii) Selection and Transformation of Host Cells
[0215] Suitable host cells for cloning or expressing the DNA in the
vectors herein include higher eukaryote cells described herein,
including vertebrate host cells. Propagation of vertebrate cells in
culture (tissue culture) has become a routine procedure. Examples
of useful mammalian host cell lines are monkey kidney CV1 line
transformed by SV40 (COS-7, ATCC CRL 1651); human embryonic kidney
line (293 or 293 cells subcloned for growth in suspension culture,
Graham et al., J. Gen Virol. 36:59 (1977)); baby hamster kidney
cells (BHK, ATCC CCL 10); Chinese hamster ovary cells/-DHFR(CHO,
Urlaub et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216 (1980)); mouse
sertoli cells (TM4, Mather, Biol. Reprod. 23:243-251 (1980));
monkey kidney cells (CV1 ATCC CCL 70); African green monkey kidney
cells (VERO-76, ATCC CRL-1587); human cervical carcinoma cells
(HELA, ATCC CCL 2); canine kidney cells (MDCK, ATCC CCL 34);
buffalo rat liver cells (BRL 3A, ATCC CRL 1442); human lung cells
(W138, ATCC CCL 75); human liver cells (Hep G2, HB 8065); mouse
mammary tumor (MMT 060562, ATCC CCL51); TR1 cells (Mather et al.,
Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci. 383:44-68 (1982)); MRC 5 cells; FS4 cells;
and a human hepatoma line (Hep G2).
[0216] Host cells are transformed with the above-described
expression or cloning vectors for antibody production and cultured
in conventional nutrient media modified as appropriate for inducing
promoters, selecting transformants, or amplifying the genes
encoding the desired sequences.
(viii) Culturing the Host Cells
[0217] The host cells used to produce an antibody of this invention
may be cultured in a variety of media. Commercially available media
such as Ham's F10 (Sigma), Minimal Essential Medium ((MEM),
(Sigma), RPMI-1640 (Sigma), and Dulbecco's Modified Eagle's Medium
((DMEM), Sigma) are suitable for culturing the host cells. In
addition, any of the media described in Ham et al., Meth. Enz.
58:44 (1979), Barnes et al., Anal. Biochem. 102:255 (1980), U.S.
Pat. Nos. 4,767,704; 4,657,866; 4,927,762; 4,560,655; or 5,122,469;
WO 90/03430; WO 87/00195; or U.S. Pat. Re. 30,985 may be used as
culture media for the host cells. Any of these media may be
supplemented as necessary with hormones and/or other growth factors
(such as insulin, transferrin, or epidermal growth factor), salts
(such as sodium chloride, calcium, magnesium, and phosphate),
buffers (such as HEPES), nucleotides (such as adenosine and
thymidine), antibiotics (such as GENTAMYCIN.TM. drug), trace
elements (defined as inorganic compounds usually present at final
concentrations in the micromolar range), and glucose or an
equivalent energy source. Any other necessary supplements may also
be included at appropriate concentrations that would be known to
those skilled in the art. The culture conditions, such as
temperature, pH, and the like, are those previously used with the
host cell selected for expression, and will be apparent to the
ordinarily skilled artisan.
[0218] (ix) Purification of Antibody
[0219] When using recombinant techniques, the antibody can be
produced intracellularly, or directly secreted into the medium. If
the antibody is produced intracellularly, as a first step, the
particulate debris, either host cells or lysed fragments, are
removed, for example, by centrifugation or ultrafiltration. Where
the antibody is secreted into the medium, supernatants from such
expression systems are generally first concentrated using a
commercially available protein concentration filter, for example,
an Amicon or Millipore Pellicon ultrafiltration unit. A protease
inhibitor such as PMSF may be included in any of the foregoing
steps to inhibit proteolysis and antibiotics may be included to
prevent the growth of adventitious contaminants.
[0220] The antibody composition prepared from the cells can be
purified using, for example, hydroxylapatite chromatography, gel
electrophoresis, dialysis, and affinity chromatography, with
affinity chromatography being the preferred purification technique.
The suitability of protein A as an affinity ligand depends on the
species and isotype of any immunoglobulin Fc domain that is present
in the antibody. Protein A can be used to purify antibodies that
are based on human .gamma.1, .gamma.2, or .gamma.4 heavy chains
(Lindmark et al., J. Immunol. Meth. 62:1-13 (1983)). Protein G is
recommended for all mouse isotypes and for human .gamma.3 (Guss et
al., EMBO J. 5:15671575 (1986)). The matrix to which the affinity
ligand is attached is most often agarose, but other matrices are
available. Mechanically stable matrices such as controlled pore
glass or poly(styrenedivinyl)benzene allow for faster flow rates
and shorter processing times than can be achieved with agarose.
Where the antibody comprises a C.sub.H3 domain, the Bakerbond
ABX.TM. resin (J. T. Baker, Phillipsburg, N.J.) is useful for
purification. Other techniques for protein purification such as
fractionation on an ion-exchange column, ethanol precipitation,
Reverse Phase HPLC, chromatography on silica, chromatography on
heparin SEPHAROSE.TM. chromatography on an anion or cation exchange
resin (such as a polyaspartic acid column), chromatofocusing,
SDS-PAGE, and ammonium sulfate precipitation are also available
depending on the antibody to be recovered.
[0221] Following any preliminary purification step(s), the mixture
comprising the antibody of interest and contaminants may be
subjected to low pH hydrophobic interaction chromatography using an
elution buffer at a pH between about 2.5-4.5, preferably performed
at low salt concentrations (e.g., from about 0-0.25M salt).
Activity Assays
[0222] The antibodies of the present invention can be characterized
for their physical/chemical properties and biological functions by
various assays known in the art.
[0223] The purified immunoglobulins can be further characterized by
a series of assays including, but not limited to, N-terminal
sequencing, amino acid analysis, non-denaturing size exclusion high
pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC), mass spectrometry, ion
exchange chromatography and papain digestion.
[0224] In certain embodiments of the invention, the immunoglobulins
produced herein are analyzed for their biological activity. In some
embodiments, the immunoglobulins of the present invention are
tested for their antigen binding activity. The antigen binding
assays that are known in the art and can be used herein include
without limitation any direct or competitive binding assays using
techniques such as western blots, radioimmunoassays, ELISA (enzyme
linked immunosorbent assay), "sandwich" immunoassays,
immunoprecipitation assays, fluorescent immunoassays, and protein A
immunoassays. An illustrative antigen binding assay is provided
below in the Examples section.
[0225] In one embodiment, the present invention contemplates an
altered antibody that possesses some but not all effector
functions, which make it a desired candidate for many applications
in which the half life of the antibody in vivo is important yet
certain effector functions (such as complement and ADCC) are
unnecessary or deleterious. In certain embodiments, the Fc
activities of the produced immunoglobulin are measured to ensure
that only the desired properties are maintained. In vitro and/or in
vivo cytotoxicity assays can be conducted to confirm the
reduction/depletion of CDC and/or ADCC activities. For example, Fc
receptor (FcR) binding assays can be conducted to ensure that the
antibody lacks Fc.gamma.R binding (hence likely lacking ADCC
activity), but retains FcRn binding ability. The primary cells for
mediating ADCC, NK cells, express Fc.gamma.RIII only, whereas
monocytes express Fc.gamma.RI, Fc.gamma.RII and Fc.gamma.RIII. FcR
expression on hematopoietic cells is summarized in Table 3 on page
464 of Ravetch and Kinet, Annu. Rev. Immunol 9:457-92 (1991). An
example of an in vitro assay to assess ADCC activity of a molecule
of interest is described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,500,362 or 5,821,337.
Useful effector cells for such assays include peripheral blood
mononuclear cells (PBMC) and Natural Killer (NK) cells.
Alternatively, or additionally, ADCC activity of the molecule of
interest may be assessed in vivo, e.g., in a animal model such as
that disclosed in Clynes et al. PNAS (USA) 95:652-656 (1998). C1q
binding assays may also be carried out to confirm that the antibody
is unable to bind C1q and hence lacks CDC activity. To assess
complement activation, a CDC assay, e.g. as described in
Gazzano-Santoro et al., J. Immunol. Methods 202:163 (1996), may be
performed. FcRn binding and in vivo clearance/half life
determinations can also be performed using methods known in the
art, e.g. those described in the Examples section.
Humanized Antibodies
[0226] The present invention encompasses humanized antibodies.
Various methods for humanizing non-human antibodies are known in
the art. For example, a humanized antibody can have one or more
amino acid residues introduced into it from a source which is
non-human. These non-human amino acid residues are often referred
to as "import" residues, which are typically taken from an "import"
variable domain. Humanization can be essentially performed
following the method of Winter and co-workers (Jones et al. (1986)
Nature 321:522-525; Riechmann et al. (1988) Nature 332:323-327;
Verhoeyen et al. (1988) Science 239:1534-1536), by substituting
non-human hypervariable region sequences for the corresponding
sequences of a human antibody. Accordingly, such "humanized"
antibodies are chimeric antibodies (U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567)
wherein substantially less than an intact human variable domain has
been substituted by the corresponding sequence from a non-human
species. In practice, humanized antibodies are typically human
antibodies in which some hypervariable region residues and possibly
some FR residues are substituted by residues from analogous sites
in rodent antibodies.
[0227] The choice of human variable domains, both light and heavy,
to be used in making the humanized antibodies is very important to
reduce antigenicity. According to the so-called "best-fit" method,
the sequence of the variable domain of a rodent antibody is
screened against the entire library of known human variable-domain
sequences. The human sequence which is closest to that of the
rodent is then accepted as the human framework for the humanized
antibody (Sims et al. (1993) J. Immunol. 151:2296; Chothia et al.
(1987) J. Mol. Biol. 196:901. Another method uses a particular
framework derived from the consensus sequence of all human
antibodies of a particular subgroup of light or heavy chains. The
same framework may be used for several different humanized
antibodies (Carter et al. (1992) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA,
89:4285; Presta et al. (1993) J. Immunol., 151:2623.
[0228] It is further important that antibodies be humanized with
retention of high affinity for the antigen and other favorable
biological properties. To achieve this goal, according to one
method, humanized antibodies are prepared by a process of analysis
of the parental sequences and various conceptual humanized products
using three-dimensional models of the parental and humanized
sequences. Three-dimensional immunoglobulin models are commonly
available and are familiar to those skilled in the art. Computer
programs are available which illustrate and display probable
three-dimensional conformational structures of selected candidate
immunoglobulin sequences. Inspection of these displays permits
analysis of the likely role of the residues in the functioning of
the candidate immunoglobulin sequence, i.e., the analysis of
residues that influence the ability of the candidate immunoglobulin
to bind its antigen. In this way, FR residues can be selected and
combined from the recipient and import sequences so that the
desired antibody characteristic, such as increased affinity for the
target antigen(s), is achieved. In general, the hypervariable
region residues are directly and most substantially involved in
influencing antigen binding.
Antibody Variants
[0229] In one aspect, the invention provides antibody fragment
comprising modifications in the interface of Fc polypeptides
comprising the Fc region, wherein the modifications facilitate
and/or promote heterodimerization. These modifications comprise
introduction of a protuberance into a first Fc polypeptide and a
cavity into a second Fc polypeptide, wherein the protuberance is
positionable in the cavity so as to promote complexing of the first
and second Fc polypeptides. Methods of generating antibodies with
these modifications are known in the art, e.g., as described in
U.S. Pat. No. 5,731,168.
[0230] In some embodiments, amino acid sequence modification(s) of
the antibodies described herein are contemplated. For example, it
may be desirable to improve the binding affinity and/or other
biological properties of the antibody Amino acid sequence variants
of the antibody are prepared by introducing appropriate nucleotide
changes into the antibody nucleic acid, or by peptide synthesis.
Such modifications include, for example, deletions from, and/or
insertions into and/or substitutions of, residues within the amino
acid sequences of the antibody. Any combination of deletion,
insertion, and substitution is made to arrive at the final
construct, provided that the final construct possesses the desired
characteristics. The amino acid alterations may be introduced in
the subject antibody amino acid sequence at the time that sequence
is made.
[0231] A useful method for identification of certain residues or
regions of the antibody that are preferred locations for
mutagenesis is called "alanine scanning mutagenesis" as described
by Cunningham and Wells (1989) Science, 244:1081-1085. Here, a
residue or group of target residues are identified (e.g., charged
residues such as arg, asp, his, lys, and glu) and replaced by a
neutral or negatively charged amino acid (most preferably alanine
or polyalanine) to affect the interaction of the amino acids with
antigen. Those amino acid locations demonstrating functional
sensitivity to the substitutions then are refined by introducing
further or other variants at, or for, the sites of substitution.
Thus, while the site for introducing an amino acid sequence
variation is predetermined, the nature of the mutation per se need
not be predetermined For example, to analyze the performance of a
mutation at a given site, ala scanning or random mutagenesis is
conducted at the target codon or region and the expressed
immunoglobulins are screened for the desired activity.
[0232] Amino acid sequence insertions include amino- and/or
carboxyl-terminal fusions ranging in length from one residue to
polypeptides containing a hundred or more residues, as well as
intrasequence insertions of single or multiple amino acid residues.
Examples of terminal insertions include an antibody with an
N-terminal methionyl residue or the antibody fused to a cytotoxic
polypeptide. Other insertional variants of the antibody molecule
include the fusion to the N- or C-terminus of the antibody to an
enzyme (e.g. for ADEPT) or a polypeptide which increases the serum
half-life of the antibody.
[0233] Another type of variant is an amino acid substitution
variant. These variants have at least one amino acid residue in the
antibody molecule replaced by a different residue. The sites of
greatest interest for substitutional mutagenesis include the
hypervariable regions, but FR alterations are also contemplated.
Conservative substitutions are shown in Table 2 under the heading
of "preferred substitutions". If such substitutions result in a
change in biological activity, then more substantial changes,
denominated "exemplary substitutions" in Table 2, or as further
described below in reference to amino acid classes, may be
introduced and the products screened.
TABLE-US-00007 TABLE 2 Original Exemplary Preferred Residue
Substitutions Substitutions Ala (A) Val; Leu; Ile Val Arg (R) Lys;
Gln; Asn Lys Asn (N) Gln; His; Asp, Lys; Arg Gln Asp (D) Glu; Asn
Glu Cys (C) Ser; Ala Ser Gln (Q) Asn; Glu Asn Glu (E) Asp; Gln Asp
Gly (G) Ala Ala His (H) Asn; Gln; Lys; Arg Arg Ile (I) Leu; Val;
Met; Ala; Leu Phe; Norleucine Leu (L) Norleucine; Ile; Val; Ile
Met; Ala; Phe Lys (K) Arg; Gln; Asn Arg Met (M) Leu; Phe; Ile Leu
Phe (F) Trp; Leu; Val; Ile; Ala; Tyr Tyr Pro (P) Ala Ala Ser (S)
Thr Thr Thr (T) Val; Ser Ser Trp (W) Tyr; Phe Tyr Tyr (Y) Trp; Phe;
Thr; Ser Phe Val (V) Ile; Leu; Met; Phe; Leu Ala; Norleucine
[0234] Substantial modifications in the biological properties of
the antibody are accomplished by selecting substitutions that
differ significantly in their effect on maintaining (a) the
structure of the polypeptide backbone in the area of the
substitution, for example, as a sheet or helical conformation, (b)
the charge or hydrophobicity of the molecule at the target site, or
(c) the bulk of the side chain. Amino acids may be grouped
according to similarities in the properties of their side chains
(in A. L. Lehninger, in Biochemistry, second ed., pp. 73-75, Worth
Publishers, New York (1975)):
(1) non-polar: Ala (A), Val (V), Leu (L), Ile (I), Pro (P), Phe
(F), Trp (W), Met (M) (2) uncharged polar: Gly (G), Ser (S), Thr
(T), Cys (C), Tyr (Y), Asn (N), Gln (O) (3) acidic: Asp (D), Glu
(E) (4) basic: Lys (K), Arg (R), H is(H)
[0235] Alternatively, naturally occurring residues may be divided
into groups based on common side-chain properties:
[0236] (1) hydrophobic: Norleucine, Met, Ala, Val, Leu, Ile;
[0237] (2) neutral hydrophilic: Cys, Ser, Thr, Asn, Gln;
[0238] (3) acidic: Asp, Glu;
[0239] (4) basic: H is, Lys, Arg;
[0240] (5) residues that influence chain orientation: Gly, Pro;
[0241] (6) aromatic: Trp, Tyr, Phe.
[0242] Non-conservative substitutions will entail exchanging a
member of one of these classes for another class. Such substituted
residues also may be introduced into the conservative substitution
sites or, more preferably, into the remaining (non-conserved)
sites.
[0243] One type of substitutional variant involves substituting one
or more hypervariable region residues of a parent antibody (e.g. a
humanized or human antibody). Generally, the resulting variant(s)
selected for further development will have improved biological
properties relative to the parent antibody from which they are
generated. A convenient way for generating such substitutional
variants involves affinity maturation using phage display. Briefly,
several hypervariable region sites (e.g. 6-7 sites) are mutated to
generate all possible amino acid substitutions at each site. The
antibodies thus generated are displayed from filamentous phage
particles as fusions to the gene III product of M13 packaged within
each particle. The phage-displayed variants are then screened for
their biological activity (e.g. binding affinity) as herein
disclosed. In order to identify candidate hypervariable region
sites for modification, alanine scanning mutagenesis can be
performed to identify hypervariable region residues contributing
significantly to antigen binding. Alternatively, or additionally,
it may be beneficial to analyze a crystal structure of the
antigen-antibody complex to identify contact points between the
antibody and antigen. Such contact residues and neighboring
residues are candidates for substitution according to the
techniques elaborated herein. Once such variants are generated, the
panel of variants is subjected to screening as described herein and
antibodies with superior properties in one or more relevant assays
may be selected for further development.
[0244] Nucleic acid molecules encoding amino acid sequence variants
of the antibody are prepared by a variety of methods known in the
art. These methods include, but are not limited to, isolation from
a natural source (in the case of naturally occurring amino acid
sequence variants) or preparation by oligonucleotide-mediated (or
site-directed) mutagenesis, PCR mutagenesis, and cassette
mutagenesis of an earlier prepared variant or a non-variant version
of the antibody.
[0245] It may be desirable to introduce one or more amino acid
modifications in an Fc region of the immunoglobulin polypeptides of
the invention, thereby generating a Fc region variant. The Fc
region variant may comprise a human Fc region sequence (e.g., a
human IgG1, IgG2, IgG3 or IgG4 Fc region) comprising an amino acid
modification (e.g. a substitution) at one or more amino acid
positions including that of a hinge cysteine.
[0246] In accordance with this description and the teachings of the
art, it is contemplated that in some embodiments, an antibody used
in methods of the invention may comprise one or more alterations as
compared to the wild type counterpart antibody, e.g. in the Fc
region. These antibodies would nonetheless retain substantially the
same characteristics required for therapeutic utility as compared
to their wild type counterpart. For example, it is thought that
certain alterations can be made in the Fc region that would result
in altered (i.e., either improved or diminished) C1q binding and/or
Complement Dependent Cytotoxicity (CDC), e.g., as described in
WO99/51642. See also Duncan & Winter Nature 322:738-40 (1988);
U.S. Pat. No. 5,648,260; U.S. Pat. No. 5,624,821; and WO94/29351
concerning other examples of Fc region variants.
Immunoconjugates
[0247] The invention also pertains to immunoconjugates, or
antibody-drug conjugates (ADC), comprising an antibody conjugated
to a cytotoxic agent such as a chemotherapeutic agent, a drug, a
growth inhibitory agent, a toxin (e.g., an enzymatically active
toxin of bacterial, fungal, plant, or animal origin, or fragments
thereof), or a radioactive isotope (i.e., a radioconjugate).
[0248] The use of antibody-drug conjugates for the local delivery
of cytotoxic or cytostatic agents, i.e. drugs to kill or inhibit
tumor cells in the treatment of cancer (Syrigos and Epenetos (1999)
Anticancer Research 19:605-614; Niculescu-Duvaz and Springer (1997)
Adv. Drg Del. Rev. 26:151-172; U.S. Pat. No. 4,975,278)
theoretically allows targeted delivery of the drug moiety to
tumors, and intracellular accumulation therein, where systemic
administration of these unconjugated drug agents may result in
unacceptable levels of toxicity to normal cells as well as the
tumor cells sought to be eliminated (Baldwin et al., (1986) Lancet
pp. (Mar. 15, 1986):603-05; Thorpe, (1985) "Antibody Carriers Of
Cytotoxic Agents In Cancer Therapy: A Review," in Monoclonal
Antibodies '84: Biological And Clinical Applications, A. Pinchera
et al. (ed.s), pp. 475-506). Maximal efficacy with minimal toxicity
is sought thereby. Both polyclonal antibodies and monoclonal
antibodies have been reported as useful in these strategies
(Rowland et al., (1986) Cancer Immunol Immunother., 21:183-87).
Drugs used in these methods include daunomycin, doxorubicin,
methotrexate, and vindesine (Rowland et al., (1986) supra). Toxins
used in antibody-toxin conjugates include bacterial toxins such as
diphtheria toxin, plant toxins such as ricin, small molecule toxins
such as geldanamycin (Mandler et al (2000) Jour. of the Nat. Cancer
Inst. 92(19):1573-1581; Mandler et al (2000) Bioorganic & Med.
Chem. Letters 10:1025-1028; Mandler et al (2002) Bioconjugate Chem.
13:786-791), maytansinoids (EP 1391213; Liu et al., (1996) Proc.
Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:8618-8623), and calicheamicin (Lode et al
(1998) Cancer Res. 58:2928; Hinman et al (1993) Cancer Res.
53:3336-3342). The toxins may effect their cytotoxic and cytostatic
effects by mechanisms including tubulin binding, DNA binding, or
topoisomerase inhibition. Some cytotoxic drugs tend to be inactive
or less active when conjugated to large antibodies or protein
receptor ligands.
[0249] ZEVALIN.RTM. (ibritumomab tiuxetan, Biogen/Idec) is an
antibody-radioisotope conjugate composed of a murine IgG1 kappa
monoclonal antibody directed against the CD20 antigen found on the
surface of normal and malignant B lymphocytes and .sup.111In or
.sup.90Y radioisotope bound by a thiourea linker-chelator (Wiseman
et al (2000) Eur. Jour. Nucl. Med. 27(7):766-77; Wiseman et al
(2002) Blood 99(12):4336-42; Witzig et al (2002) J. Clin. Oncol.
20(10):2453-63; Witzig et al (2002) J. Clin. Oncol.
20(15):3262-69). Although ZEVALIN has activity against B-cell
non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma (NHL), administration results in severe and
prolonged cytopenias in most patients. MYLOTARG.TM. (gemtuzumab
ozogamicin, Wyeth Pharmaceuticals), an antibody drug conjugate
composed of a hu CD33 antibody linked to calicheamicin, was
approved in 2000 for the treatment of acute myeloid leukemia by
injection (Drugs of the Future (2000) 25(7):686; U.S. Pat. Nos.
4,970,198; 5,079,233; 5,585,089; 5,606,040; 5,693,762; 5,739,116;
5,767,285; 5,773,001). Cantuzumab mertansine (Immunogen, Inc.), an
antibody drug conjugate composed of the huC242 antibody linked via
the disulfide linker SPP to the maytansinoid drug moiety, DM1, is
advancing into Phase II trials for the treatment of cancers that
express CanAg, such as colon, pancreatic, gastric, and others.
MLN-2704 (Millennium Pharm., BZL Biologics, Immunogen Inc.), an
antibody drug conjugate composed of the anti-prostate specific
membrane antigen (PSMA) monoclonal antibody linked to the
maytansinoid drug moiety, DM1, is under development for the
potential treatment of prostate tumors. The auristatin peptides,
auristatin E (AE) and monomethylauristatin (MMAE), synthetic
analogs of dolastatin, were conjugated to chimeric monoclonal
antibodies cBR96 (specific to Lewis Y on carcinomas) and cAC10
(specific to CD30 on hematological malignancies) (Doronina et al
(2003) Nature Biotechnology 21(7):778-784) and are under
therapeutic development.
[0250] Chemotherapeutic agents useful in the generation of such
immunoconjugates have been described above. Enzymatically active
toxins and fragments thereof that can be used include diphtheria A
chain, nonbinding active fragments of diphtheria toxin, exotoxin A
chain (from Pseudomonas aeruginosa), ricin A chain, abrin A chain,
modeccin A chain, alpha-sarcin, Aleurites fordii proteins, dianthin
proteins, Phytolaca americana proteins (PAPI, PAPII, and PAP-S),
momordica charantia inhibitor, curcin, crotin, sapaonaria
officinalis inhibitor, gelonin, mitogellin, restrictocin,
phenomycin, enomycin, and the tricothecenes. A variety of
radionuclides are available for the production of radioconjugated
antibodies. Examples include .sup.212Bi, .sup.131I, .sup.131In,
.sup.90Y, and .sup.186Re. Conjugates of the antibody and cytotoxic
agent are made using a variety of bifunctional protein-coupling
agents such as N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithiol) propionate
(SPDP), iminothiolane (IT), bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters
(such as dimethyl adipimidate HCl), active esters (such as
disuccinimidyl suberate), aldehydes (such as glutaraldehyde),
bis-azido compounds (such as bis (p-azidobenzoyl) hexanediamine),
bis-diazonium derivatives (such as
bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)-ethylenediamine), diisocyanates (such as
toluene 2,6-diisocyanate), and bis-active fluorine compounds (such
as 1,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene). For example, a ricin
immunotoxin can be prepared as described in Vitetta et al.,
Science, 238: 1098 (1987). Carbon-14-labeled
1-isothiocyanatobenzyl-3-methyldiethylene triaminepentaacetic acid
(MX-DTPA) is an exemplary chelating agent for conjugation of
radionucleotide to the antibody. See WO94/11026.
[0251] Conjugates of an antibody and one or more small molecule
toxins, such as a calicheamicin, maytansinoids, a trichothecene,
and CC1065, and the derivatives of these toxins that have toxin
activity, are also contemplated herein.
Maytansine and Maytansinoids
[0252] In one embodiment, an antibody (full length or fragments) of
the invention is conjugated to one or more maytansinoid
molecules.
[0253] Maytansinoids are mitototic inhibitors which act by
inhibiting tubulin polymerization. Maytansine was first isolated
from the east African shrub Maytenus serrata (U.S. Pat. No.
3,896,111). Subsequently, it was discovered that certain microbes
also produce maytansinoids, such as maytansinol and C-3 maytansinol
esters (U.S. Pat. No. 4,151,042). Synthetic maytansinol and
derivatives and analogues thereof are disclosed, for example, in
U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,137,230; 4,248,870; 4,256,746; 4,260,608;
4,265,814; 4,294,757; 4,307,016; 4,308,268; 4,308,269; 4,309,428;
4,313,946; 4,315,929; 4,317,821; 4,322,348; 4,331,598; 4,361,650;
4,364,866; 4,424,219; 4,450,254; 4,362,663; and 4,371,533, the
disclosures of which are hereby expressly incorporated by
reference.
Maytansinoid-Antibody Conjugates
[0254] In an attempt to improve their therapeutic index, maytansine
and maytansinoids have been conjugated to antibodies specifically
binding to tumor cell antigens. Immunoconjugates containing
maytansinoids and their therapeutic use are disclosed, for example,
in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,208,020, 5,416,064 and European Patent EP 0 425
235 B1, the disclosures of which are hereby expressly incorporated
by reference. Liu et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 93:8618-8623
(1996) described immunoconjugates comprising a maytansinoid
designated DM1 linked to the monoclonal antibody C242 directed
against human colorectal cancer. The conjugate was found to be
highly cytotoxic towards cultured colon cancer cells, and showed
antitumor activity in an in vivo tumor growth assay. Chari et al.,
Cancer Research 52:127-131 (1992) describe immunoconjugates in
which a maytansinoid was conjugated via a disulfide linker to the
murine antibody A7 binding to an antigen on human colon cancer cell
lines, or to another murine monoclonal antibody TA.1 that binds the
HER-2/neu oncogene. The cytotoxicity of the TA.1-maytansonoid
conjugate was tested in vitro on the human breast cancer cell line
SK-BR-3, which expresses 3.times.10.sup.5 HER-2 surface antigens
per cell. The drug conjugate achieved a degree of cytotoxicity
similar to the free maytansinoid drug, which could be increased by
increasing the number of maytansinoid molecules per antibody
molecule. The A7-maytansinoid conjugate showed low systemic
cytotoxicity in mice.
Antibody-Maytansinoid Conjugates (Immunoconjugates)
[0255] Antibody-maytansinoid conjugates are prepared by chemically
linking an antibody to a maytansinoid molecule without
significantly diminishing the biological activity of either the
antibody or the maytansinoid molecule. An average of 3-4
maytansinoid molecules conjugated per antibody molecule has shown
efficacy in enhancing cytotoxicity of target cells without
negatively affecting the function or solubility of the antibody,
although even one molecule of toxin/antibody would be expected to
enhance cytotoxicity over the use of naked antibody. Maytansinoids
are well known in the art and can be synthesized by known
techniques or isolated from natural sources. Suitable maytansinoids
are disclosed, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 5,208,020 and in the
other patents and nonpatent publications referred to hereinabove.
Preferred maytansinoids are maytansinol and maytansinol analogues
modified in the aromatic ring or at other positions of the
maytansinol molecule, such as various maytansinol esters.
[0256] There are many linking groups known in the art for making
antibody-maytansinoid conjugates, including, for example, those
disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,208,020 or EP Patent 0 425 235 B1, and
Chari et al., Cancer Research 52:127-131 (1992). The linking groups
include disulfide groups, thioether groups, acid labile groups,
photolabile groups, peptidase labile groups, or esterase labile
groups, as disclosed in the above-identified patents, disulfide and
thioether groups being preferred.
[0257] Conjugates of the antibody and maytansinoid may be made
using a variety of bifunctional protein coupling agents such as
N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionate (SPDP),
succinimidyl-4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate,
iminothiolane (IT), bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters (such
as dimethyl adipimidate HCl), active esters (such as disuccinimidyl
suberate), aldehydes (such as glutaraldehyde), bis-azido compounds
(such as bis (p-azidobenzoyl) hexanediamine), bis-diazonium
derivatives (such as bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)-ethylenediamine),
diisocyanates (such as toluene 2,6-diisocyanate), and bis-active
fluorine compounds (such as 1,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene).
Particularly preferred coupling agents include
N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionate (SPDP) (Carlsson et
al., Biochem. J. 173:723-737 [1978]) and
N-succinimidyl-4-(2-pyridylthio)pentanoate (SPP) to provide for a
disulfide linkage.
[0258] The linker may be attached to the maytansinoid molecule at
various positions, depending on the type of the link. For example,
an ester linkage may be formed by reaction with a hydroxyl group
using conventional coupling techniques. The reaction may occur at
the C-3 position having a hydroxyl group, the C-14 position
modified with hydroxymethyl, the C-15 position modified with a
hydroxyl group, and the C-20 position having a hydroxyl group. In a
preferred embodiment, the linkage is formed at the C-3 position of
maytansinol or a maytansinol analogue.
Calicheamicin
[0259] Another immunoconjugate of interest comprises an antibody
conjugated to one or more calicheamicin molecules. The
calicheamicin family of antibiotics are capable of producing
double-stranded DNA breaks at sub-picomolar concentrations. For the
preparation of conjugates of the calicheamicin family, see U.S.
Pat. Nos. 5,712,374, 5,714,586, 5,739,116, 5,767,285, 5,770,701,
5,770,710, 5,773,001, 5,877,296 (all to American Cyanamid Company).
Structural analogues of calicheamicin which may be used include,
but are not limited to, .gamma..sup.1I, .alpha..sup.2.sub.I,
.alpha..sup.3.sub.I, N-acetyl-.gamma..sub.i.sup.I, PSAG and
.theta.'.sub.1 (Hinman et al., Cancer Research 53:3336-3342 (1993),
Lode et al., Cancer Research 58:2925-2928 (1998) and the
aforementioned U.S. patents to American Cyanamid). Another
anti-tumor drug that the antibody can be conjugated is QFA which is
an antifolate. Both calicheamicin and QFA have intracellular sites
of action and do not readily cross the plasma membrane. Therefore,
cellular uptake of these agents through antibody mediated
internalization greatly enhances their cytotoxic effects.
Other Cytotoxic Agents
[0260] Other antitumor agents that can be conjugated to the
antibodies of the invention include BCNU, streptozoicin,
vincristine and 5-fluorouracil, the family of agents known
collectively LL-E33288 complex described in U.S. Pat. Nos.
5,053,394, 5,770,710, as well as esperamicins (U.S. Pat. No.
5,877,296).
[0261] Enzymatically active toxins and fragments thereof which can
be used include diphtheria A chain, nonbinding active fragments of
diphtheria toxin, exotoxin A chain (from Pseudomonas aeruginosa),
ricin A chain, abrin A chain, modeccin A chain, alpha-sarcin,
Aleurites fordii proteins, dianthin proteins, Phytolaca americana
proteins (PAPI, PAPII, and PAP-S), momordica charantia inhibitor,
curcin, crotin, sapaonaria officinalis inhibitor, gelonin,
mitogellin, restrictocin, phenomycin, enomycin and the
tricothecenes. See, for example, WO 93/21232 published Oct. 28,
1993.
[0262] The present invention further contemplates an
immunoconjugate formed between an antibody and a compound with
nucleolytic activity (e.g., a ribonuclease or a DNA endonuclease
such as a deoxyribonuclease; DNase).
[0263] For selective destruction of the tumor, the antibody may
comprise a highly radioactive atom. A variety of radioactive
isotopes are available for the production of radioconjugated
antibodies. Examples include At.sup.211, I.sup.131, I.sup.125,
Y.sup.90, Re.sup.186, Re.sup.188, Sm.sup.153, Bi.sup.212, P.sup.32,
P.sup.212 and radioactive isotopes of Lu. When the conjugate is
used for detection, it may comprise a radioactive atom for
scintigraphic studies, for example tc.sup.99m or I.sup.123, or a
spin label for nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) imaging (also known
as magnetic resonance imaging, mri), such as iodine-123 again,
iodine-131, indium-111, fluorine-19, carbon-13, nitrogen-15,
oxygen-17, gadolinium, manganese or iron.
[0264] The radio- or other labels may be incorporated in the
conjugate in known ways. For example, the peptide may be
biosynthesized or may be synthesized by chemical amino acid
synthesis using suitable amino acid precursors involving, for
example, fluorine-19 in place of hydrogen. Labels such as
tc.sup.991m or I.sup.123, .Re.sup.186, Re.sup.188 and In.sup.111
can be attached via a cysteine residue in the peptide. Yttrium-90
can be attached via a lysine residue. The IODOGEN method (Fraker et
al (1978) Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 80: 49-57 can be used to
incorporate iodine-123. "Monoclonal Antibodies in
Immunoscintigraphy" (Chatal, CRC Press 1989) describes other
methods in detail.
[0265] Conjugates of the antibody and cytotoxic agent may be made
using a variety of bifunctional protein coupling agents such as
N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionate (SPDP),
succinimidyl-4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate,
iminothiolane (IT), bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters (such
as dimethyl adipimidate HCl), active esters (such as disuccinimidyl
suberate), aldehydes (such as glutaraldehyde), bis-azido compounds
(such as bis(p-azidobenzoyl) hexanediamine), bis-diazonium
derivatives (such as bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)-ethylenediamine),
diisocyanates (such as toluene 2,6-diisocyanate), and bis-active
fluorine compounds (such as 1,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene). For
example, a ricin immunotoxin can be prepared as described in
Vitetta et al., Science 238:1098 (1987). Carbon-14-labeled
1-isothiocyanatobenzyl-3-methyldiethylene triaminepentaacetic acid
(MX-DTPA) is an exemplary chelating agent for conjugation of
radionucleotide to the antibody. See WO94/11026. The linker may be
a "cleavable linker" facilitating release of the cytotoxic drug in
the cell. For example, an acid-labile linker, peptidase-sensitive
linker, photolabile linker, dimethyl linker or disulfide-containing
linker (Chari et al., Cancer Research 52:127-131 (1992); U.S. Pat.
No. 5,208,020) may be used.
[0266] The compounds of the invention expressly contemplate, but
are not limited to, ADC prepared with cross-linker reagents: BMPS,
EMCS, GMBS, HBVS, LC-SMCC, MBS, MPBH, SBAP, SIA, SIAB, SMCC, SMPB,
SMPH, sulfo-EMCS, sulfo-GMBS, sulfo-KMUS, sulfo-MBS, sulfo-SIAB,
sulfo-SMCC, and sulfo-SMPB, and SVSB
(succinimidyl-(4-vinylsulfone)benzoate) which are commercially
available (e.g., from Pierce Biotechnology, Inc., Rockford, Ill.,
U.S.A). See pages 467-498, 2003-2004 Applications Handbook and
Catalog.
Preparation of Antibody Drug Conjugates
[0267] In the antibody drug conjugates (ADC) of the invention, an
antibody (Ab) is conjugated to one or more drug moieties (D), e.g.
about 1 to about 20 drug moieties per antibody, through a linker
(L). The ADC of Formula I may be prepared by several routes,
employing organic chemistry reactions, conditions, and reagents
known to those skilled in the art, including: (1) reaction of a
nucleophilic group of an antibody with a bivalent linker reagent,
to form Ab-L, via a covalent bond, followed by reaction with a drug
moiety D; and (2) reaction of a nucleophilic group of a drug moiety
with a bivalent linker reagent, to form D-L, via a covalent bond,
followed by reaction with the nucleophilic group of an
antibody.
Ab-(L-D).sub.p I
[0268] Nucleophilic groups on antibodies include, but are not
limited to: (i) N-terminal amine groups, (ii) side chain amine
groups, e.g. lysine, (iii) side chain thiol groups, e.g. cysteine,
and (iv) sugar hydroxyl or amino groups where the antibody is
glycosylated Amine, thiol, and hydroxyl groups are nucleophilic and
capable of reacting to form covalent bonds with electrophilic
groups on linker moieties and linker reagents including: (i) active
esters such as NHS esters, HOBt esters, haloformates, and acid
halides; (ii) alkyl and benzyl halides such as haloacetamides;
(iii) aldehydes, ketones, carboxyl, and maleimide groups. Certain
antibodies have reducible interchain disulfides, i.e. cysteine
bridges. Antibodies may be made reactive for conjugation with
linker reagents by treatment with a reducing agent such as DTT
(dithiothreitol). Each cysteine bridge will thus form,
theoretically, two reactive thiol nucleophiles. Additional
nucleophilic groups can be introduced into antibodies through the
reaction of lysines with 2-iminothiolane (Traut's reagent)
resulting in conversion of an amine into a thiol.
[0269] Antibody drug conjugates of the invention may also be
produced by modification of the antibody to introduce electrophilic
moieties, which can react with nucleophilic subsituents on the
linker reagent or drug. The sugars of glycosylated antibodies may
be oxidized, e.g. with periodate oxidizing reagents, to form
aldehyde or ketone groups which may react with the amine group of
linker reagents or drug moieties. The resulting imine Schiff base
groups may form a stable linkage, or may be reduced, e.g. by
borohydride reagents to form stable amine linkages. In one
embodiment, reaction of the carbohydrate portion of a glycosylated
antibody with either glactose oxidase or sodium meta-periodate may
yield carbonyl (aldehyde and ketone) groups in the protein that can
react with appropriate groups on the drug (Hermanson, Bioconjugate
Techniques). In another embodiment, proteins containing N-terminal
serine or threonine residues can react with sodium meta-periodate,
resulting in production of an aldehyde in place of the first amino
acid (Geoghegan & Stroh, (1992) Bioconjugate Chem. 3:138-146;
U.S. Pat. No. 5,362,852). Such aldehyde can be reacted with a drug
moiety or linker nucleophile.
[0270] Likewise, nucleophilic groups on a drug moiety include, but
are not limited to: amine, thiol, hydroxyl, hydrazide, oxime,
hydrazine, thiosemicarbazone, hydrazine carboxylate, and
arylhydrazide groups capable of reacting to form covalent bonds
with electrophilic groups on linker moieties and linker reagents
including: (i) active esters such as NHS esters, HOBt esters,
haloformates, and acid halides; (ii) alkyl and benzyl halides such
as haloacetamides; (iii) aldehydes, ketones, carboxyl, and
maleimide groups.
[0271] Alternatively, a fusion protein comprising the antibody and
cytotoxic agent may be made, e.g., by recombinant techniques or
peptide synthesis. The length of DNA may comprise respective
regions encoding the two portions of the conjugate either adjacent
one another or separated by a region encoding a linker peptide
which does not destroy the desired properties of the conjugate.
[0272] In yet another embodiment, the antibody may be conjugated to
a "receptor" (such streptavidin) for utilization in tumor
pre-targeting wherein the antibody-receptor conjugate is
administered to the patient, followed by removal of unbound
conjugate from the circulation using a clearing agent and then
administration of a "ligand" (e.g., avidin) which is conjugated to
a cytotoxic agent (e.g., a radionucleotide).
Antibody Derivatives
[0273] The antibodies of the present invention can be further
modified to contain additional nonproteinaceous moieties that are
known in the art and readily available. Preferably, the moieties
suitable for derivatization of the antibody are water soluble
polymers. Non-limiting examples of water soluble polymers include,
but are not limited to, polyethylene glycol (PEG), copolymers of
ethylene glycol/propylene glycol, carboxymethylcellulose, dextran,
polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, poly-1,3-dioxolane,
poly-1,3,6-trioxane, ethylene/maleic anhydride copolymer,
polyaminoacids (either homopolymers or random copolymers), and
dextran or poly(n-vinyl pyrrolidone)polyethylene glycol,
propropylene glycol homopolymers, prolypropylene oxide/ethylene
oxide co-polymers, polyoxyethylated polyols (e.g., glycerol),
polyvinyl alcohol, and mixtures thereof. Polyethylene glycol
propionaldehyde may have advantages in manufacturing due to its
stability in water. The polymer may be of any molecular weight, and
may be branched or unbranched. The number of polymers attached to
the antibody may vary, and if more than one polymers are attached,
they can be the same or different molecules. In general, the number
and/or type of polymers used for derivatization can be determined
based on considerations including, but not limited to, the
particular properties or functions of the antibody to be improved,
whether the antibody derivative will be used in a therapy under
defined conditions, etc.
Pharmaceutical Formulations
[0274] Therapeutic formulations comprising an antibody of the
invention are prepared for storage by mixing the antibody having
the desired degree of purity with optional physiologically
acceptable carriers, excipients or stabilizers (Remington's'
Pharmaceutical Sciences 16th edition, Osol, A. Ed. (1980)), in the
form of aqueous solutions, lyophilized or other dried formulations.
Acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers are nontoxic to
recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed, and include
buffers such as phosphate, citrate, histidine and other organic
acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid and methionine;
preservatives (such as octadecyldimethylbenzyl ammonium chloride;
hexamethonium chloride; benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium
chloride; phenol, butyl or benzyl alcohol; alkyl parabens such as
methyl or propyl paraben; catechol; resorcinol; cyclohexanol;
3-pentanol; and m-cresol); low molecular weight (less than about 10
residues) polypeptides; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin,
or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as
polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine,
asparagine, histidine, arginine, or lysine; monosaccharides,
disaccharides, and other carbohydrates including glucose, mannose,
or dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugars such as sucrose,
mannitol, trehalose or sorbitol; salt-forming counter-ions such as
sodium; metal complexes (e.g., Zn-protein complexes); and/or
non-ionic surfactants such as TWEEN.TM., PLURONICS.TM. or
polyethylene glycol (PEG).
[0275] The formulation herein may also contain more than one active
compound as necessary for the particular indication being treated,
preferably those with complementary activities that do not
adversely affect each other. Such molecules are suitably present in
combination in amounts that are effective for the purpose
intended.
[0276] The active ingredients may also be entrapped in microcapsule
prepared, for example, by coacervation techniques or by interfacial
polymerization, for example, hydroxymethylcellulose or
gelatin-microcapsule and poly-(methylmethacylate) microcapsule,
respectively, in colloidal drug delivery systems (for example,
liposomes, albumin microspheres, microemulsions, nano-particles and
nanocapsules) or in macroemulsions. Such techniques are disclosed
in Remington Pharmaceutical Sciences 16th edition, Osol, A. Ed.
(1980).
[0277] The formulations to be used for in vivo administration must
be sterile. This is readily accomplished by filtration through
sterile filtration membranes.
[0278] Sustained-release preparations may be prepared. Suitable
examples of sustained-release preparations include semipermeable
matrices of solid hydrophobic polymers containing the
immunoglobulin of the invention, which matrices are in the form of
shaped articles, e.g., films, or microcapsule. Examples of
sustained-release matrices include polyesters, hydrogels (for
example, poly(2-hydroxyethyl-methacrylate), or poly(vinylalcohol)),
polylactides (U.S. Pat. No. 3,773,919), copolymers of L-glutamic
acid and y ethyl-L-glutamate, non-degradable ethylene-vinyl
acetate, degradable lactic acid-glycolic acid copolymers such as
the LUPRON DEPOT.TM. (injectable microspheres composed of lactic
acid-glycolic acid copolymer and leuprolide acetate), and
poly-D-(-)-3-hydroxybutyric acid. While polymers such as
ethylene-vinyl acetate and lactic acid-glycolic acid enable release
of molecules for over 100 days, certain hydrogels release proteins
for shorter time periods. When encapsulated immunoglobulins remain
in the body for a long time, they may denature or aggregate as a
result of exposure to moisture at 37.degree. C., resulting in a
loss of biological activity and possible changes in immunogenicity.
Rational strategies can be devised for stabilization depending on
the mechanism involved. For example, if the aggregation mechanism
is discovered to be intermolecular S--S bond formation through
thio-disulfide interchange, stabilization may be achieved by
modifying sulfhydryl residues, lyophilizing from acidic solutions,
controlling moisture content, using appropriate additives, and
developing specific polymer matrix compositions.
Uses
[0279] An antibody of the present invention may be used in, for
example, in vitro, ex vivo and in vivo therapeutic methods.
Antibodies of the invention can be used as an antagonist to
partially or fully block the specific antigen activity in vitro, ex
vivo and/or in vivo. Moreover, at least some of the antibodies of
the invention can neutralize antigen activity from other species.
Accordingly, the antibodies of the invention can be used to inhibit
a specific antigen activity, e.g., in a cell culture containing the
antigen, in human subjects or in other mammalian subjects having
the antigen with which an antibody of the invention cross-reacts
(e.g. chimpanzee, baboon, marmoset, cynomolgus and rhesus, pig or
mouse). In one embodiment, the antibody of the invention can be
used for inhibiting antigen activities by contacting the antibody
with the antigen such that antigen activity is inhibited.
Preferably, the antigen is a human protein molecule.
[0280] In one embodiment, an antibody of the invention can be used
in a method for inhibiting an antigen in a subject suffering from a
disorder in which the antigen activity is detrimental, comprising
administering to the subject an antibody of the invention such that
the antigen activity in the subject is inhibited. Preferably, the
antigen is a human protein molecule and the subject is a human
subject. Alternatively, the subject can be a mammal expressing the
antigen with which an antibody of the invention binds. Still
further the subject can be a mammal into which the antigen has been
introduced (e.g., by administration of the antigen or by expression
of an antigen transgene). An antibody of the invention can be
administered to a human subject for therapeutic purposes. Moreover,
an antibody of the invention can be administered to a non-human
mammal expressing an antigen with which the immunoglobulin
cross-reacts (e.g., a primate, pig or mouse) for veterinary
purposes or as an animal model of human disease. Regarding the
latter, such animal models may be useful for evaluating the
therapeutic efficacy of antibodies of the invention (e.g., testing
of dosages and time courses of administration). Blocking antibodies
of the invention that are therapeutically useful include, for
example but are not limited to, anti-HER2, anti-VEGF, anti-IgE,
anti-CD11, anti-interferon and anti-tissue factor antibodies. The
antibodies of the invention can be used to treat, inhibit, delay
progression of, prevent/delay recurrence of, ameliorate, or prevent
diseases, disorders or conditions associated with abnormal
expression and/or activity of one or more antigen molecules,
including but not limited to malignant and benign tumors;
non-leukemias and lymphoid malignancies; neuronal, glial,
astrocytal, hypothalamic and other glandular, macrophagal,
epithelial, stromal and blastocoelic disorders; and inflammatory,
angiogenic and immunologic disorders.
[0281] In one aspect, a blocking antibody of the invention is
specific to a ligand antigen, and inhibits the antigen activity by
blocking or interfering with the ligand-receptor interaction
involving the ligand antigen, thereby inhibiting the corresponding
signal pathway and other molecular or cellular events. The
invention also features receptor-specific antibodies which do not
necessarily prevent ligand binding but interfere with receptor
activation, thereby inhibiting any responses that would normally be
initiated by the ligand binding. The invention also encompasses
antibodies that either preferably or exclusively bind to
ligand-receptor complexes. An antibody of the invention can also
act as an agonist of a particular antigen receptor, thereby
potentiating, enhancing or activating either all or partial
activities of the ligand-mediated receptor activation.
[0282] In certain embodiments, an immunoconjugate comprising an
antibody conjugated with a cytotoxic agent is administered to the
patient. In some embodiments, the immunoconjugate and/or antigen to
which it is bound is/are internalized by the cell, resulting in
increased therapeutic efficacy of the immunoconjugate in killing
the target cell to which it binds. In one embodiment, the cytotoxic
agent targets or interferes with nucleic acid in the target cell.
Examples of such cytotoxic agents include any of the
chemotherapeutic agents noted herein (such as a maytansinoid or a
calicheamicin), a radioactive isotope, or a ribonuclease or a DNA
endonuclease.
[0283] Antibodies of the invention can be used either alone or in
combination with other compositions in a therapy. For instance, an
antibody of the invention may be co-administered with another
antibody, chemotherapeutic agent(s) (including cocktails of
chemotherapeutic agents), other cytotoxic agent(s), anti-angiogenic
agent(s), cytokines, and/or growth inhibitory agent(s). Where an
antibody of the invention inhibits tumor growth, it may be
particularly desirable to combine it with one or more other
therapeutic agent(s) which also inhibits tumor growth. For
instance, an antibody of the invention may be combined with an
anti-VEGF antibody (e.g., AVASTIN) and/or anti-ErbB antibodies
(e.g. HERCEPTIN.RTM. anti-HER2 antibody) in a treatment scheme,
e.g. in treating any of the diseases described herein, including
colorectal cancer, metastatic breast cancer and kidney cancer.
Alternatively, or additionally, the patient may receive combined
radiation therapy (e.g. external beam irradiation or therapy with a
radioactive labeled agent, such as an antibody). Such combined
therapies noted above include combined administration (where the
two or more agents are included in the same or separate
formulations), and separate administration, in which case,
administration of the antibody of the invention can occur prior to,
and/or following, administration of the adjunct therapy or
therapies.
[0284] The antibody of the invention (and adjunct therapeutic
agent) is/are administered by any suitable means, including
parenteral, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intrapulmonary, and
intranasal, and, if desired for local treatment, intralesional
administration. Parenteral infusions include intramuscular,
intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, or subcutaneous
administration. In addition, the antibody is suitably administered
by pulse infusion, particularly with declining doses of the
antibody. Dosing can be by any suitable route, e.g. by injections,
such as intravenous or subcutaneous injections, depending in part
on whether the administration is brief or chronic.
[0285] The antibody composition of the invention will be
formulated, dosed, and administered in a fashion consistent with
good medical practice. Factors for consideration in this context
include the particular disorder being treated, the particular
mammal being treated, the clinical condition of the individual
patient, the cause of the disorder, the site of delivery of the
agent, the method of administration, the scheduling of
administration, and other factors known to medical practitioners.
The antibody need not be, but is optionally formulated with one or
more agents currently used to prevent or treat the disorder in
question. The effective amount of such other agents depends on the
amount of antibodies of the invention present in the formulation,
the type of disorder or treatment, and other factors discussed
above. These are generally used in the same dosages and with
administration routes as used hereinbefore or about from 1 to 99%
of the heretofore employed dosages.
[0286] For the prevention or treatment of disease, the appropriate
dosage of an antibody of the invention (when used alone or in
combination with other agents such as chemotherapeutic agents) will
depend on the type of disease to be treated, the type of antibody,
the severity and course of the disease, whether the antibody is
administered for preventive or therapeutic purposes, previous
therapy, the patient's clinical history and response to the
antibody, and the discretion of the attending physician. The
antibody is suitably administered to the patient at one time or
over a series of treatments. Depending on the type and severity of
the disease, about 1 .mu.g/kg to 15 mg/kg (e.g. 0.1 mg/kg-10 mg/kg)
of antibody is an initial candidate dosage for administration to
the patient, whether, for example, by one or more separate
administrations, or by continuous infusion. One typical daily
dosage might range from about 1 .mu.g/kg to 100 mg/kg or more,
depending on the factors mentioned above. For repeated
administrations over several days or longer, depending on the
condition, the treatment is sustained until a desired suppression
of disease symptoms occurs. One exemplary dosage of the antibody
would be in the range from about 0.05 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg.
Thus, one or more doses of about 0.5 mg/kg, 2.0 mg/kg, 4.0 mg/kg or
10 mg/kg (or any combination thereof) may be administered to the
patient. Such doses may be administered intermittently, e.g. every
week or every three weeks (e.g. such that the patient receives from
about two to about twenty, e.g. about six doses of the antibody).
An initial higher loading dose, followed by one or more lower doses
may be administered. An exemplary dosing regimen comprises
administering an initial loading dose of about 4 mg/kg, followed by
a weekly maintenance dose of about 2 mg/kg of the antibody.
However, other dosage regimens may be useful. The progress of this
therapy is easily monitored by conventional techniques and
assays.
Articles of Manufacture
[0287] In another aspect of the invention, an article of
manufacture containing materials useful for the treatment,
prevention and/or diagnosis of the disorders described above is
provided. The article of manufacture comprises a container and a
label or package insert on or associated with the container.
Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes,
etc. The containers may be formed from a variety of materials such
as glass or plastic. The container holds a composition which is by
itself or when combined with another composition effective for
treating, preventing and/or diagnosing the condition and may have a
sterile access port (for example the container may be an
intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a
hypodermic injection needle). At least one active agent in the
composition is an antibody of the invention. The label or package
insert indicates that the composition is used for treating the
condition of choice, such as cancer. Moreover, the article of
manufacture may comprise (a) a first container with a composition
contained therein, wherein the composition comprises an antibody of
the invention; and (b) a second container with a composition
contained therein, wherein the composition comprises a further
cytotoxic agent. The article of manufacture in this embodiment of
the invention may further comprise a package insert indicating that
the first and second antibody compositions can be used to treat a
particular condition, e.g. cancer. Alternatively, or additionally,
the article of manufacture may further comprise a second (or third)
container comprising a pharmaceutically-acceptable buffer, such as
bacteriostatic water for injection (BWFI), phosphate-buffered
saline, Ringer's solution and dextrose solution. It may further
include other materials desirable from a commercial and user
standpoint, including other buffers, diluents, filters, needles,
and syringes.
[0288] The following are examples of the methods and compositions
of the invention. It is understood that various other embodiments
may be practiced, given the general description provided above.
EXAMPLES
Materials and Methods
[0289] Residue numbers are according to Kabat (Kabat et al.,
Sequences of proteins of immunological interest, 5th Ed., Public
Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md.
(1991)). Single letter amino acid abbreviations are used. DNA
degeneracies are represented using the IUB code (N=A/C/G/T,
D=A/G/T, V=A/C/G, B=C/G/T, H=A/C/T, K=G/T, M=A/C, R=A/G, S=G/C,
W=A/T, Y=C/T).
[0290] Direct hypervariable region grafts onto the acceptor human
consensus framework--The phagemid used for this work is a
monovalent Fab-g3 display vector (pV0350-2B) having 2 open reading
frames under control of the phoA promoter, essentially as described
in Lee et al., J. Mol. Biol. (2004), 340(5):1073-93. The first open
reading frame consists of the stII signal sequence fused to the VL
and CL domains of the acceptor light chain and the second consists
of the stII signal sequence fused to the VH and CH1 domains of the
acceptor heavy chain followed by a truncated minor phage coat
protein P3. See Lee et al., supra.
[0291] The VL and VH domains from murine 5D5 (see hybridoma
5D5.11.6, ATCC Deposit No. HB-11895, deposit date May 23, 1995)
were aligned with the human consensus kappa I (huKI) and human
subgroup III consensus VH (huIII) domains. To make the HVR graft,
the acceptor VH framework, which differs from the human subgroup
III consensus VH domain at 3 positions: R71A, N73T, and L78A
(Carter et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 89:4285 (1992)) was
used. Hypervariable regions from the murine 5D5 (mu5D5) antibody
were engineered into the acceptor human consensus framework to
generate a direct HVR-graft of 5D5 (5D5 graft). In the VL domain
the following regions were grafted to the human consensus acceptor:
positions 24-34 (L1), 50-56 (L2) and 89-97 (L3). In the VH domain,
positions 26-35 (H1), 49-65 (H2) and 95-102 (H3) were grafted (FIG.
1).
[0292] The direct-graft variants were generated by Kunkel
mutagenesis using a separate oligonucleotide for each hypervariable
region. Correct clones were assessed by DNA sequencing.
[0293] Soft randomization of the hypervariable regions--Sequence
diversity was introduced into each hypervariable region using a
soft randomization strategy that maintains a bias towards the
murine hypervariable region sequence. This was accomplished using a
poisoned oligonucleotide synthesis strategy as described by Gallop
et al., J. Med. Chem. 37:1233-1251 (1994). For a given position
within a hypervariable region to be mutated, the codon encoding the
wild-type amino acid is poisoned with a 70-10-10-10 mixture of
nucleotides resulting in an average 50 percent mutation rate at
each position.
[0294] Soft randomized oligonucleotides were patterned after the
murine hypervariable region sequences and encompassed the same
regions defined by the direct hypervariable region grafts. The
amino acid position at the beginning of H2 (position 49) in the VH
domain, was limited in sequence diversity to A, G, S or T by using
the codon RGC.
[0295] Generation of phage libraries--Randomized oligonucleotide
pools designed for each hypervariable region were phoshorylated
separately in six 20 .mu.l reactions containing 660 ng of
oligonucleotide, 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 10 mM MgCl.sub.2, 1 mM ATP, 20
mM DTT, and 5 U polynucleotide kinase for 1 h at 37.degree. C. The
six phosphorylated oligonucleotide pools were then combined with 20
.mu.g of Kunkel template in 50 mM Tris pH 7.5, 10 mM MgCl.sub.2 in
a final volume of 500 .mu.l resulting in a oligonucleotide to
template ratio of 3. The mixture was annealed at 90.degree. C. for
4 min, 50.degree. C. for 5 min and then cooled on ice. Excess,
unannealed oligonucleotide was removed with a QIAQUICK PCR
purification kit (Qiagen kit 28106) using a modified protocol to
prevent excessive denaturation of the annealed DNA. To the 500
.mu.l of annealed mixture, 150 .mu.l of PB was added, and the
mixture was split between 2 silica columns. Following a wash of
each column with 750 .mu.l of PE and an extra spin to dry the
columns, each column was eluted with 110 .mu.l of 10 mM Tris, 1 mM
EDTA, pH 8. The annealed and cleaned-up template (220 .mu.l) was
then filled in by adding 1 .mu.l 100 mM ATP, 10 .mu.l 25 mM dNTPs
(25 mM each of dATP, dCTP, dGTP and dTTP), 15 .mu.l 100 mM DTT, 25
.mu.l 110X TM buffer (0.5 M Tris pH 7.5, 0.1 M MgCl.sub.2), 2400 U
T4 ligase, and 30 U T7 polymerase for 3 h at room temperature.
[0296] The filled in product was analyzed on
Tris-Acetate-EDTA/agarose gels (Sidhu et al., Methods in Enzymology
328:333-363 (2000)). Three bands were usually visible: the bottom
band is a correctly filled and ligated product, the middle band is
a filled but unligated product, and the top band is a strand
displaced product. The top band is produced by an intrinsic side
activity of T7 polymerase and is difficult to avoid (Lechner et
al., J. Biol. Chem. 258:11174-11184 (1983)); however, this band
transforms 30-fold less efficiently than the bottom band and
usually contributes little to the library. The middle band is due
to the absence of a 5' phosphate for the final ligation reaction;
this band transforms efficiently and gives mainly wild type
sequence.
[0297] The filled in product was then cleaned-up and electroporated
into SS320 cells and propagated in the presence of M13/K07 helper
phage as described by Sidhu et al., Methods in Enzymology
328:333-363 (2000). Library sizes ranged from 1-2.times.10.sup.9
independent clones. Random clones from the initial libraries were
sequenced to assess library quality.
[0298] Phage Selection--The human HGF receptor was generated and
used as an Fc fusion (HGFR-Fc) (Mark et al., J. Biol. Chem. (1992),
267:26166-26171). HGFR-Fc was coated on MaxiSorp microtiter plates
(Nunc) at 5 .mu.g/ml in PBS. For the first round of selection 8
wells of target were used; a single well of target was used for
successive rounds of selection. Wells were blocked for 1 h using
Casein Blocker (Pierce). Phage were harvested from the culture
supernatant and suspended in PBS containing 1% BSA and 0.05% TWEEN
20 (PBSBT). After binding to the wells for 2 h, unbound phage were
removed by extensive washing with PBS containing 0.05% TWEEN 20
(PBST). Bound phage were eluted by incubating the wells with 50 mM
HCl, 0.5 M KCl for 30 min. Phage were amplified using Top10 cells
and M13/K07 helper phage and grown overnight at 37.degree. C. in
2YT, 50 .mu.g/ml carbenecillin. The titers of phage eluted from a
target coated well were compared to titers of phage recovered from
a non-target coated well to assess enrichment.
[0299] For affinity maturation, phage libraries were sorted using a
solution sorting method. HFGR-Fc was biotinylated by mixing 500
.mu.l of 3.6 mg/ml HGFR-Fc in PBS, and 10 .mu.l of 1 M Potassium
phosphate, pH 8 with 20 .mu.l 4 mM Sulfo-NHS-LC-biotin (Pierce).
Biotinylated HGFR-Fc (b-HGFR-Fc) was purified using a NAPS column
(Amersham Biosciences) in PBS. Microtiter wells were coated with 10
.mu.g/ml neutravidin in PBS overnight at 4.degree. C. and then
blocked for 1 h using Casein Blocker (Pierce). In the first round
of panning, 200 .mu.L1 phage suspended in PBS containing 0.05%
Tween 20 (PBST) and 1% BSA were mixed with 10 nM b-HGFR-Fc for 1
hr. Phage bound to b-HGFR-Fc were captured on neutravidin coated
wells for 10 min and unbound phage were washed away with PBST.
Phage were eluted using 20 mM HCl, 500 mM KCl for 45 m,
neutralized, and propagated in XL1 blue cells (Stratagene) in the
presence of KO7 helper phage (New England Biolabs). Subsequent
rounds of sorting were performed similarly with the following
exceptions: in round 2 the final b-HGFR-Fc concentration was 5.6
nM, in round 3 the final b-HGFR-Fc concentration was 0.1 nM, in
round 4 the final b-HGFR-Fc concentration was 0.5 nM and 780 nM
unbiotinylated HGFR-Fc was added to the mixture for 1 h prior to
capture on neutravidin.
[0300] Phage ELISA--MaxiSorp microtiter plates were coated with
human HGFR-Fc at 5 .mu.g/ml in PBS over night and then blocked with
Casein Blocker. Phage from culture supernatants were incubated with
serially diluted HGFR-Fc in PBST containing 1% BSA in a tissue
culture microtiter plate for 1 h after which 80 .mu.l of the
mixture was transferred to the target coated wells for 15 min to
capture unbound phage. The plate was washed with PBST and HRP
conjugated anti-M13 (Amersham Pharmacia Biotech) was added (1:5000
in PBST containing 1% BSA) for 40 min. The plate was washed with
PBST and developed by adding Tetramethylbenzidine substrate
(Kirkegaard and Perry Laboratories, Gaithersburg, Md.). The
absorbance at 405 nm was plotted as a function of target
concentration in solution to determine an IC.sub.50. This was used
as an affinity estimate for the Fab clone displayed on the surface
of the phage.
[0301] Fab Production and Affinity Determination--To express Fab
protein for affinity measurements, a stop codon was introduced
between the heavy chain and g3 in the phage display vector. Clones
were transformed into E. coli 34B8 cells and grown in AP5 media at
30 C (Presta et al. Cancer Res. 57: 4593-4599 (1997)). Cells were
harvested by centrifugation, suspended in 10 mM Tris, 1 mM EDTA pH
8 and broken open using a microfluidizer. Fab was purified with
Protein G affinity chromatography.
[0302] Affinity determinations were performed by surface plasmon
resonance using a BIAcore.TM.-2000. HGFR-Fc was immobilized
(.about.1000 response units (RU)) on a CM5 chip and varied
concentrations of Fab (4 to 500 nM) in PBST were injected. After
each injection the chip was regenerated using 100 mM HCl. Binding
response was corrected by subtracting the RU from a blank flow
cell. A 1:1 Languir model of simultaneous fitting of k.sub.on and
k.sub.off was used for kinetics analysis.
[0303] Electro-Chemiluminescent Assay for OA5D5 Blocking of
HGF/cMet Binding
[0304] Purified cMet-Ig protein produced at Genentech (South San
Francisco, Calif.) was biotinylated by incubating with 20-fold
molar excess NHS--X-Biotin in 0.1 M NaHCO.sub.3, pH 8.5 using
biotin-X--NHS (Research Organics, Cleveland, Ohio). Purified human
2-chain HGF produced at Genentech was labeled with BV-TAG (cat
#110034) via NHS-ester chemistry according to manufacturer's
directions (BioVeris International, Gaithersburg, Md.).
cMet-Ig-biotin (500 ng/mL), HGF-Ruthenium Tag (250 ng/mL), and
titrations of OA5D5 antibody ranging from 3333-0.21 nM of antibody
were incubated together in a volume of 100 ul of assay diluent:
PBS+0.5% BSA/0.5% Tween 20/0.033% Proclin (Supelco Inc. Bellefonte
Pa.). The mixtures were incubated in sealed polypropylene round
bottom 96 well plates (Corning) for 2-4 hours at room temperature
with shaking. Streptavidin magnetic beads (Dynabeads, BioVeris)
were added. Following a final 45 min incubation with vigorous
shaking, the plates were read using a BioVeris M-Series instrument
(BioVeris International, Gaithersburg, Md.).
[0305] KIRA (Hgf-Dependent-Met Phosphorylation)
[0306] A549 cells (ATCC, Manassas, Va.) were maintained in growth
medium (Ham's F12/DMEM 50:50 [Gibco, Grand Island, N.Y.] containing
10% fetal bovine serum (FBS, Sigma, St. Louis, Mo.). To prepare
cells for the assay, cells from confluent cultures were detached
using Accutane (ICN, Aurora, Ohio) and seeded into 96 well plates
at a density of 50,000 cells per well. After an overnight
incubation at 37.degree. C., growth media was removed and cells
were serum starved for 30-60 min in medium containing 0.1% FBS. To
determine the ability of OA-5D5 to inhibit cMet phosphorylation,
the molecule was serially diluted from 200 to 0.19 nM in
medium+0.1% FBS and added to the assay plates. After a 15 min
incubation at 37.degree. C., HGF (50 ng/ml) was added. The plates
were then incubated for an additional 10 minutes at 37.degree. C.,
the media was removed and a cell lysis buffer was added (Cell
Signaling Technologies, Cat # 9803, Beverly, Mass.; supplemented
with a protease inhibitor cocktail purchased from Calbiochem, Cat
#539131, San Diego, Calif.). The lysates were analyzed for
phosphorylated c-Met via an electrochemiluminescence assay using an
BioVeris M-Series instrument (BioVeris International, Gaithersburg,
Md.). An anti-phosphotyrosine mAb (clone 4G10, Upstate, Lake
Placid, N.Y.) was labeled with BV-TAG via NHS-ester chemistry
according to manufacturer's directions (BioVeris). Antibodies
against the c-Met extracellular domain were biotinylated using
biotin-X--NHS (Research Organics, Cleveland, Ohio). The
BV-TAG-labeled 4G10 and biotinylated anti-c-Met mAb were diluted in
assay buffer (PBS/0.5% Tween-20/0.5% BSA) and added as a cocktail
to the cell lysates. After a 1.5-2 hr incubation at room
temperature with vigorous shaking, streptavidin magnetic beads
(Dynabeads, BioVeris) were added. Following a final 45 min
incubation, the plates were read on the BioVeris instrument.
[0307] Cell Culture and Proliferation Assay
[0308] BaF3 is a murine IL-3 dependent lymphoid cell that normally
does not express cMet and does not respond to HGF. However, in
BaF3-hMet derived by transfection with a normal, full-length cDNA
for human c-Met (Schwall et al., J. Cell Biol. (1996),
133:709-718), HGF stimulates proliferation and survival in the
absence of IL-3. BaF3-hMet and BaF3-neo cells were routinely
passaged in RPMI 1640, 5% fetal bovine serum, 4 .mu.l/L
.beta.-mercapthoethanol, 100 U/ml penicillin, 100 .mu.g/ml
streptomycin sulfate, 2 mM L-glutamine, and 5% WEHI-conditioned
medium as a source of IL-3. To measure HGF-dependent proliferation
the number of cells after 3 days of treatment was quantitated by
adding 25 .mu.l Alarma Blue (Trek Diagnostic Systems; Cleveland,
Ohio) and measuring fluorescence intensity 6 hours later. Control
experiments were proliferation of these cells in the absence of
HGF. H358-PSF2 and HGF-PSF8 cells were passaged in RPMI 1640, 10%
fetal bovine serum, 100 U/ml penicillin, 100 .mu.g/ml streptomycin
sulfate, 2 mM L-glutamine The assay medium was RPMI 1640 plus 0.1%,
0.5% BSA, or 10% FBS respectively. The assay was performed as
described above.
[0309] Immunoprecipitation and Western Blot
[0310] H358 cells are a cell line derived from human non-small cell
lung carcinoma (NSCLC). H358-PSF2, H358-PSF8 cells are human HGF
stable transfected H358 cells (Tsao et al., Neoplasia, Vol. 2, No.
3, 2000), and were cultured in RPMI 1640, 10% fetal bovine serum,
100 U/ml penicillin, 100 .mu.g/ml streptomycin sulfate, 2 mM
L-glutamine cMet tyrosine phosphorylation detection was performed
essentially as described previously (Zioncheck, J Bio Chem,
270(28):16871-8, 1995). In brief, cells were plated in 60-mm plates
overnight, and medium was changed to RPMI 1640 containing 0.5% BSA,
before adding the combinations of with or without 1 nM HGF or
competitor OA5D5.v2 antibodiy. After 10 min at 37.degree. C.,
medium was removed and cells were lysed using lysis buffer (150 mM
NaCl, 1.5 mM MgCl.sub.2, 1% Triton X-100, 1.times. protease
inhibitor cocktail, 1.times. phosphatase inhibitor cocktail (Sigma,
St. Louis, Mo.)). After spinning, the supernatant of the lysate was
incubated with anti-cMet IgG polyclonal antibody (c-28; Santa Cruz
Biotechnology, Santa Cruz, Calif.) bound to protein G-Sepharose for
1 hour at 4.degree. C. The immune complexes were washed and boiled
in 1.times. sample buffer, before separation by SDS-PAGE and
electroblotting to nitrocellulose. Phosphotyrosine-containing
proteins were visualized using an anti-phosphotyrosine antibody
(4G10; Upstate Biotechnology, Waltham, Mass.) followed by
HRP-conjugated goat anti-mouse Fab (1:10,000; Jackson Labs, West
Grove, Pa.), and in the case of total cMet using c-28 antibody
(1:400; Santa Cruz Biotechnology, Santa Cruz, Calif.) followed by
goat anti-rabbit Fc-HRP (1:10,000; Jackson Labs, West Grove, Pa.)
with chemiluminescence detection.
[0311] Tumor Xenograft Study
[0312] Athymic female mice were inoculated subcutaneously with 5
million KP4 pancreatic carcinoma cells. When tumors reached 150-200
mm.sup.3, mice were assigned to 2 groups of 10. Group 1 was
injected IP with vehicle twice per week. Group 2 was injected IP
with OA5D5.v2, 30 mg/kg, twice per week. Tumor size was measured
twice per week. Mice were sacrificed when tumor volume exceeded
two-times the starting tumor volume, or if the tumor ulcerated.
Results and Discussion
[0313] Humanization of 5D5--The human acceptor framework used for
the humanization of 5D5 comprises the consensus human kappa I VL
domain and a variant of the human subgroup III consensus VH domain.
The variant VH domain has 3 changes from the human consensus: R71A,
N73T and L78A. The VL and VH domains of murine 5D5 were aligned
with the human kappa I and subgroup III domains; each HVR was
identified and then grafted into the human acceptor framework to
generate a 5D5 graft that could be displayed as an Fab on phage.
When phage displaying the 5D5 graft were tested for binding to
immobilized HGFR-Fc, no binding was observed.
[0314] A library was generated in which each of the HVR regions of
the 5D5 graft was soft randomized This library was panned against
immobilized HGFR-Fc for 4 rounds of selection. Clones were picked
for DNA sequence analysis and revealed a single clone had been
selected. This clone had a single change in the VH domain at
position 94 (R94S) just outside the intended region of HVR-H3
targeted for mutagenesis. Analysis of this clone by phage ELISA
indicated it had similar affinity to that of the monovalent
affinity of murine 5D5. When expressed as an Fab and tested by
Biacore, the Kd was determined to be 9.8 nM compared to 8.3 nM for
the monovalent affinity of murine 5D5. Thus this unexpected
substitution restores full binding affinity to the 5D5 graft, and
the 5D5 graft plus R94S (hu5D5.v1) represents a fully humanized
antibody. Interestingly, a homologous amino acid, threonine, is
found at this position in the murine antibody. MacCallum et al.
(MacCallum et al. J. Mol. Biol. 262: 732-745 (1996)) have analyzed
antibody and antigen complex crystal structures and found positions
93 and 94 of the heavy chain are part of the contact region thus it
seems reasonable to include these positions in the definition of
hypervariable region of H3 (HVR-H3) when humanizing antibodies.
[0315] Affinity maturation of hu5D5.v1-To improve the affinity of
hu5D5.v1, six phage display libraries were generated in the
background of hu5D5.v1, each targeting a single HVR for soft
randomization. To avoid re-selecting hu5D5.v1 from a potential high
background of wild-type template, stop codons were introduced into
the HVR to be mutated prior to generating each library. A solution
sorting method was used to enhance the efficiency of the
affinity-based phage selection process. By manipulating the
biotinylated target concentration, reducing the phage capture time
to lower backgrounds and the addition of unbiotinylated target to
eliminate clones with faster off rates, high affinity clones can be
proficiently selected. Lee et al., supra. From the first round of
selection, enrichment (target dependent phage capture) was observed
suggesting a large number of clones were present in each library
with reasonably high affinity for HGFR-Fc. Selection stringency
(see Methods above) was increased in subsequent rounds and at round
3 all 6 libraries were combined to generate a seventh library pool.
After 4 rounds of selection, clones from each of the 7 library
pools were analyzed. All clones in the libraries targeting HVR-L1
and HVR-L3 were identical to hu5D5.v1; however, new sequences were
observed in libraries targeting HVR-L2, HVR-H1, HVR-H2 and HVR-H3
(FIG. 2). The library pool consisting of the combination of all 6
libraries was dominated by sequences from the HVR-H3 library
suggesting that these sequences provided the largest improvement in
affinity for HGFR-Fc (FIG. 3). Selected clones were screened by
phage ELISA and then expressed as Fab protein and their affinity
determined using Biacore. Several clones from the combined library
with changes in HVR-H3 had improved affinities compared to hu5D5.v1
or the murine 5D5 monovalent affinity (FIG. 4). These clones had
either S/T at position 94, R/S at position 96 and T/S at position
100 and P/S/A at position 100a. The best clone, clone 78 (hu5D5.v2)
had 3 changes from hu5D5.v1 (94T, 96R and 100T) and a 13-fold
affinity improvement.
[0316] Thus starting from the graft of the 6 murine 5D5 HVRs into
the human acceptor scaffold, the expansion of HVR-H3 to include
position 94 (Threonine) and the addition of 2 changes in HVR-H3
leads to a fully human 5D5 antibody with 13-fold improved binding
affinity for HGFR. Furthermore, selected humanized antibodies
described herein have been determined to have at least comparable
biological activity as the parent 5D5 antibody, for example in
receptor phosphorylation assays, etc. (data not shown).
[0317] Characterization of an antibody of the
invention--"One-armed" (also referred to as "one-arm" and "OA")
anti-Met antibodies were characterized. Two antibodies of the
invention were tested. Specifically, the "OA-5D5.v2" antibody
comprised a single Fab arm comprising variable domain sequences as
depicted in FIG. 13, wherein the Fab arm was fused to an Fc region,
and wherein the Fc region was a complex between one Fc polypeptide
comprising the Fc sequence depicted in FIG. 13 and one Fc
polypeptide comprising the Fc sequence depicted in FIG. 14. The
antibodies were characterized as follows: [0318] (1) In an assay to
test ability of OA-5D5.v2 to block binding of HGF to its receptor,
OA-5D5.v2 was able to block HGF binding to its receptor at least as
well as two comparator antibodies--namely a chimeric one-armed
antibody (which comprised a Fab arm from the murine parent 5D5
antibody (variable domains depicted in FIG. 7) fused to a human Fc
region), and another antibody of the invention (OA-5D5.v1). When
tested across an antibody concentration range of about 3333 to 0.21
nM, under conditions as described in the Materials and Methods
section above, OA-5D5.v2 was found to have an IC50 value that was
less than about half that of a comparator antibody such as the
chimeric one-armed antibody and OA-5D5.v1. Notably, OA-5D5.v1 also
blocked with better IC50 than the reference chimeric antibody. See
FIG. 8. [0319] (2) In an assay to test ability of OA-5D5.v2 to
inhibit HGF receptor activation, OA-5D5.v2 was able to inhibit
kinase receptor activation at least as well as the two comparator
antibodies as described in (1) above. When tested across an
antibody concentration range of about 200 to 0.19 nM, under
conditions as described in the Materilas and Methods section above,
OA-5D5.v2 was found to have an IC50 with a value that was less than
about half that of a comparator antibody such as the chimeric
one-armed antibody and OA-5D5.v1. See FIG. 9. [0320] (3) OA-5D5.v2
was also tested for cross-species binding among human, primate
(cynomolgus monkey), canine and murine (mouse). OA-5D5.v2 was found
to bind specifically to human and primte (cynomolguls monkey) HGF
receptor, but not canine or murine (mouse). (data not shown.)
[0321] (4) OA-5D5.v2 was tested for its ability to inhibit cell
proliferation in the presence of HGF. As shown in FIGS. 10,
OA-5D5.v2 inhibited cell proliferation at least as well as its
chimeric antibody counterpart and OA-5D5.v1 (as described in (1)
above). When tested across an antibody concentration range of about
0.01 to 100 nM, under conditions as described in the Materilas and
Methods section above, OA-5D5.v2 was found to have an IC50 value
that was less than about half that of a comparator antibody such as
the chimeric one-armed antibody and OA-5D5.v1. See FIG. 10.
Specific binding of OA-5D5.v2 to the Met-transfected cells was
confirmed by FACs analysis. (data not shown) [0322] (5) OA-5D5.v2
was tested for its ability to inhibit receptor tyrosine
phosphorylation in the presence of HGF. As shown in FIGS. 11A and
B, OA-5D5.v2 inhibited receptor tyrosine phosphorylation when
tested at antibody concentrations from about 10 to 1000 nM. See
FIGS. 11A and B. [0323] (6) OA-5D5.v2 was tested for in vivo
efficacy using a tumor xenograft model based on a pancreatic tumor
cell line (KP4). Results from this efficacy study showed that the
OA-5D5.v2 antibody was capable of inhibiting and causing regression
of tumors in vivo. As shown in FIG. 12, there was complete loss of
tumor in most of the animals treated with the antibody.
PARTIAL REFERENCE LIST
[0323] [0324] Angeloni, D., Danilkovitch-Miagkova, A., Miagkov, A.,
Leonard, E. J., and Lerman, M. I. (2003). The soluble sema domain
of the Ron receptor inhibits MSP-induced receptor activation. J
Biol. Chem. [0325] Antipenko, A., Himanen, J. P., van Leyen, K.,
Nardi-Dei, V., Lesniak, J., Barton, W. A., Rajashankar, K. R., Lu,
M., Hoemme, C., Puschel, A. W., and Nikolov, D. B. (2003).
Structure of the semaphorin-3A receptor binding module. Neuron 39,
589-598. [0326] Bardelli, A., Longati, P., Gramaglia, D., Stella,
M. C., and Comoglio, P. M. (1997). Gab1 coupling to the HGF/Met
receptor multifunctional docking site requires binding of Grb2 and
correlates with the transforming potential. Oncogene 15, 3103-3111.
[0327] Bertotti, A., and Comoglio, P. M. (2003). Tyrosine kinase
signal specificity: lessons from the HGF receptor. Trends Biochem
Sci 28, 527-533. [0328] Bladt, F., Riethmacher, D., Isenmann, S.,
Aguzzi, A., and Birchmeier, C. (1995). Essential role for the c-met
receptor in the migration of myogenic precursor cells into the limb
bud. Nature 376, 768-771. [0329] Blechman, J. M., Lev, S., Barg,
J., Eisenstein, M., Vaks, B., Vogel, Z., Givol, D., and Yarden, Y.
(1995). The fourth immunoglobulin domain of the stem cell factor
receptor couples ligand binding to signal transduction. Cell 80,
103-113. [0330] Boix, L., Rosa, J. L., Ventura, F., Castells, A.,
Bruix, J., Rodes, J., and Bartrons, R. (1994). c-met mRNA
overexpression in human hepatocellular carcinoma. Hepatology 19,
88-91. [0331] Bottaro, D. P., Rubin, J. S., Faletto, D. L., Chan,
A. M., Kmiecik, T. E., Vande Woude, G. F., and Aaronson, S. A.
(1991). Identification of the hepatocyte growth factor receptor as
the c-met proto-oncogene product. Science 251, 802-804. [0332]
Bussolino, F., Di Renzo, M. F., Ziche, M., Bocchietto, E., Olivero,
M., Naldini, L., Gaudino, G., Tamagnone, L., Coffer, A., and
Comoglio, P. M. (1992). Hepatocyte growth factor is a potent
angiogenic factor which stimulates endothelial cell motility and
growth. J Cell Biol 119, 629-641. [0333] Coltella, N., Manara, M.
C., Cerisano, V., Trusolino, L., Di Renzo, M. F., Scotlandi, K.,
and Ferracini, R. (2003). Role of the MET/HGF receptor in
proliferation and invasive behavior of osteosarcoma. Faseb J 17,
1162-1164. [0334] Cooper, C. S., Park, M., Blair, D. G., Tainsky,
M. A., Huebner, K., Croce, C. M., and Vande Woude, G. F. (1984).
Molecular cloning of a new transforming gene from a chemically
transformed human cell line. Nature 311, 29-33. [0335] Di Renzo, M.
F., Olivero, M., Giacomini, A., Porte, H., Chastre, E., Mirossay,
L., Nordlinger, B., Bretti, S., Bottardi, S., Giordano, S., and et
al. (1995). Overexpression and amplification of the met/HGF
receptor gene during the progression of colorectal cancer. Clin
Cancer Res 1, 147-154. [0336] Ferguson, K. M., Berger, M. B.,
Mendrola, J. M., Cho, H. S., Leahy, D. J., and Lemmon, M. A.
(2003). EGF activates its receptor by removing interactions that
autoinhibit ectodomain dimerization. Mol Cell 11, 507-517. [0337]
Furge, K. A., Zhang, Y. W., and Vande Woude, G. F. (2000). Met
receptor tyrosine kinase: enhanced signaling through adapter
proteins. Oncogene 19, 5582-5589. [0338] Garrett, T. P., McKern, N.
M., Lou, M., Elleman, T. C., Adams, T. E., Lovrecz, G. O., Zhu, H.
J., Walker, F., Frenkel, M. J., Hoyne, P. A., et al. (2002).
Crystal structure of a truncated epidermal growth factor receptor
extracellular domain bound to transforming growth factor alpha.
Cell 110, 763-773. [0339] Gherardi, E., Youles, M. E., Miguel, R.
N., Blundell, T. L., Iamele, L., Gough, J., Bandyopadhyay, A.,
Hartmann, G., and Butler, P. J. (2003). Functional map and domain
structure of MET, the product of the c-met protooncogene and
receptor for hepatocyte growth factor/scatter factor. Proc Natl
Acad Sci USA. [0340] Giancotti, F. G., and Ruoslahti, E. (1999).
Integrin signaling. Science 285, 1028-1032. [0341] Giordano, S.,
Corso, S., Conrotto, P., Artigiani, S., Gilestro, G., Barberis, D.,
Tamagnone, L., and Comoglio, P. M. (2002). The semaphorin 4D
receptor controls invasive growth by coupling with Met. Nat. Cell
Biol 4, 720-724. [0342] Giordano, S., Di Renzo, M. F., Narsimhan,
R. P., Cooper, C. S., Rosa, C., and Comoglio, P. M. (1989).
Biosynthesis of the protein encoded by the c-met proto-oncogene.
Oncogene 4, 1383-1388. [0343] Giordano, S., Maffe, A., Williams, T.
A., Artigiani, S., Gual, P., Bardelli, A., Basilico, C., Michieli,
P., and Comoglio, P. M. (2000). Different point mutations in the
met oncogene elicit distinct biological properties. Faseb J 14,
399-406. [0344] Hamanoue, M., Takemoto, N., Matsumoto, K.,
Nakamura, T., Nakajima, K., and Kohsaka, S. (1996). Neurotrophic
effect of hepatocyte growth factor on central nervous system
neurons in vitro. J Neurosci Res 43, 554-564. [0345] Hartmann, G.,
Weidner, K. M., Schwarz, H., and Birchmeier, W. (1994). The
motility signal of scatter factor/hepatocyte growth factor mediated
through the receptor tyrosine kinase met requires intracellular
action of Ras. J Biol Chem 269, 21936-21939. [0346] Jeffers, M.,
Rong, S., and Vande Woude, G. F. (1996). Enhanced tumorigenicity
and invasion-metastasis by hepatocyte growth factor/scatter
factor-met signalling in human cells concomitant with induction of
the urokinase proteolysis network. Mol Cell Biol 16, 1115-1125.
[0347] Jeffers, M., Schmidt, L., Nakaigawa, N., Webb, C. P.,
Weirich, G., Kishida, T., Zbar, B., and Vande Woude, G. F. (1997).
Activating mutations for the met tyrosine kinase receptor in human
cancer. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 94, 11445-11450. [0348] Jin, L.,
Fuchs, A., Schnitt, S. J., Yao, Y., Joseph, A., Lamszus, K., Park,
M., Goldberg, I. D., and Rosen, E. M. (1997). Expression of scatter
factor and c-met receptor in benign and malignant breast tissue.
Cancer 79, 749-760. [0349] Kuniyasu, H., Yasui, W., Yokozaki, H.,
Kitadai, Y., and Tahara, E. (1993). Aberrant expression of c-met
mRNA in human gastric carcinomas. Int J Cancer 55, 72-75. [0350]
Lev, S., Yarden, Y., and Givol, D. (1992). A recombinant ectodomain
of the receptor for the stem cell factor (SCF) retains
ligand-induced receptor dimerization and antagonizes SCF-stimulated
cellular responses. J Biol Chem 267, 10866-10873. [0351] Liu, C.,
Park, M., and Tsao, M. S. (1992). Overexpression of c-met
proto-oncogene but not epidermal growth factor receptor or c-erbB-2
in primary human colorectal carcinomas. Oncogene 7, 181-185. [0352]
Lokker, N. A., Mark, M. R., Luis, E. A., Bennett, G. L., Robbins,
K. A., Baker, J. B., and Godowski, P. J. (1992). Structure-function
analysis of hepatocyte growth factor: identification of variants
that lack mitogenic activity yet retain high affinity receptor
binding. Embo J 11, 2503-2510. [0353] Lorenzato, A., Olivero, M.,
Patane, S., Rosso, E., Oliaro, A., Comoglio, P. M., and Di Renzo,
M. F. (2002). Novel somatic mutations of the MET oncogene in human
carcinoma metastases activating cell motility and invasion. Cancer
Res 62, 7025-7030. [0354] Love, C. A., Harlos, K., Mavaddat, N.,
Davis, S. J., Stuart, D. I., Jones, E. Y., and Esnouf, R. M.
(2003). The ligand-binding face of the semaphorins revealed by the
high-resolution crystal structure of SEMA4D. Nat Struct Biol 10,
843-848. [0355] Maina, F., Casagranda, F., Audero, E., Simeone, A.,
Comoglio, P. M., Klein, R., and Ponzetto, C. (1996). Uncoupling of
Grb2 from the Met receptor in vivo reveals complex roles in muscle
development. Cell 87, 531-542. [0356] Matsumoto, K., and Nakamura,
T. (1993). Roles of HGF as a pleiotropic factor in organ
regeneration. Exs 65, 225-249. [0357] Maulik, G., Shrikhande, A.,
Kijima, T., Ma, P. C., Morrison, P. T., and Salgia, R. (2002). Role
of the hepatocyte growth factor receptor, c-Met, in oncogenesis and
potential for therapeutic inhibition. Cytokine Growth Factor Rev
13, 41-59. [0358] Meiners, S., Brinkmann, V., Naundorf, H., and
Birchmeier, W. (1998). Role of morphogenetic factors in metastasis
of mammary carcinoma cells. Oncogene 16, 9-20. [0359] Morello, S.,
Olivero, M., Aimetti, M., Bernardi, M., Berrone, S., Di Renzo, M.
F., and Giordano, S. (2001). MET receptor is overexpressed but not
mutated in oral squamous cell carcinomas. J Cell Physiol 189,
285-290. [0360] Naka, D., Ishii, T., Yoshiyama, Y., Miyazawa, K.,
Hara, H., Hishida, T., and Kidamura, N. (1992). Activation of
hepatocyte growth factor by proteolytic conversion of a single
chain form to a heterodimer J Biol Chem 267, 20114-20119. [0361]
Naldini, L., Weidner, K. M., Vigna, E., Gaudino, G., Bardelli, A.,
Ponzetto, C., Narsimhan, R. P., Hartmann, G., Zarnegar, R.,
Michalopoulos, G. K., and et al. (1991). Scatter factor and
hepatocyte growth factor are indistinguishable ligands for the MET
receptor. Embo J 10, 2867-2878. [0362] Natali, P. G., Prat, M.,
Nicotra, M. R., Bigotti, A., Olivero, M., Comoglio, P. M., and Di
Renzo, M. F. (1996). Overexpression of the met/HGF receptor in
renal cell carcinomas. Int J Cancer 69, 212-217. [0363] Nguyen, L.,
Holgado-Madruga, M., Maroun, C., Fixman, E. D., Kamikura, D.,
Fournier, T., Charest, A., Tremblay, M. L., Wong, A. J., and Park,
M. (1997). Association of the multisubstrate docking protein Gab1
with the hepatocyte growth factor receptor requires a functional
Grb2 binding site involving tyrosine 1356. J Biol Chem 272,
20811-20819. [0364] Nusrat, A., Parkos, C. A., Bacarra, A. E.,
Godowski, P. J., Delp-Archer, C., Rosen, E. M., and Madara, J. L.
(1994). Hepatocyte growth factor/scatter factor effects on
epithelia. Regulation of intercellular junctions in transformed and
nontransformed cell lines, basolateral polarization of c-met
receptor in transformed and natural intestinal epithelia, and
induction of rapid wound repair in a transformed model epithelium.
J Clin Invest 93, 2056-2065. [0365] Ogiso, H., Ishitani, R.,
Nureki, 0., Fukai, S., Yamanaka, M., Kim, J. H., Saito, K.,
Sakamoto, A., Inoue, M., Shirouzu, M., and Yokoyama, S. (2002).
Crystal structure of the complex of human epidermal growth factor
and receptor extracellular domains. Cell 110, 775-787. [0366]
Olivero, M., Rizzo, M., Madeddu, R., Casadio, C., Pennacchietti,
S., Nicotra, M. R., Prat, M., Maggi, G., Arena, N., Natali, P. G.,
et al. (1996). Overexpression and activation of hepatocyte growth
factor/scatter factor in human non-small-cell lung carcinomas. Br J
Cancer 74, 1862-1868. [0367] Olivero, M., Valente, G., Bardelli,
A., Longati, P., Ferrero, N., Cracco, C., Terrone, C.,
Rocca-Rossetti, S., Comoglio, P. M., and Di Renzo, M. F. (1999).
Novel mutation in the ATP-binding site of the MET oncogene tyrosine
kinase in a HPRCC family. Int J Cancer 82, 640-643. [0368]
Orian-Rousseau, V., Chen, L., Sleeman, J. P., Herrlich, P., and
Ponta, H. (2002). CD44 is required for two consecutive steps in
HGF/c-Met signaling. Genes Dev 16, 3074-3086. [0369] Park, M.,
Dean, M., Cooper, C. S., Schmidt, M., O'Brien, S. J., Blair, D. G.,
and Vande Woude, G. F. (1986). Mechanism of met oncogene
activation. Cell 45, 895-904. [0370] Peek, M., Moran, P., Mendoza,
N., Wickramasinghe, D., and Kirchhofer, D. (2002). Unusual
proteolytic activation of pro-hepatocyte growth factor by plasma
kallikrein and coagulation factor XIa. J Biol Chem 277,
47804-47809. [0371] Pelicci, G., Giordano, S., Zhen, Z., Salcini,
A. E., Lanfrancone, L., Bardelli, A., Panayotou, G., Waterfield, M.
D., Ponzetto, C., Pelicci, P. G., and et al. (1995). The motogenic
and mitogenic responses to HGF are amplified by the Shc adaptor
protein. Oncogene 10, 1631-1638. [0372] Plotnikov, A. N.,
Schlessinger, J., Hubbard, S. R., and Mohammadi, M. (1999).
Structural basis for FGF receptor dimerization and activation. Cell
98, 641-650. [0373] Ponzetto, C., Bardelli, A., Zhen, Z., Maim.,
F., dalla Zonca, P., Giordano, S., Graziani, A., Panayotou, G., and
Comoglio, P. M. (1994). A multifunctional docking site mediates
signaling and transformation by the hepatocyte growth
factor/scatter factor receptor family. Cell 77, 261-271. [0374]
Ponzetto, C., Zhen, Z., Audero, E., Maim., F., Bardelli, A.,
Basile, M. L., Giordano, S., Narsimhan, R., and Comoglio, P.
(1996). Specific uncoupling of GRB2 from the Met receptor.
Differential effects on transformation and motility. J Biol Chem
271, 14119-14123. [0375] Robertson, S.C., Tynan, J. A., and
Donoghue, D. J. (2000). RTK mutations and human syndromeswhen good
receptors turn bad. Trends Genet. 16, 265-271. [0376] Royal, I.,
and Park, M. (1995). Hepatocyte growth factor-induced scatter of
Madin-Darby canine kidney cells requires phosphatidylinositol
3-kinase. J Biol Chem 270, 27780-27787. [0377] Schmidt, C., Bladt,
F., Goedecke, S., Brinkmann, V., Zschiesche, W., Sharpe, M.,
Gherardi, E., and Birchmeier, C. (1995). Scatter factor/hepatocyte
growth factor is essential for liver development. Nature 373,
699-702. [0378] Schmidt, L., Duh, F. M., Chen, F., Kishida, T.,
Glenn, G., Choyke, P., Scherer, S. W., Zhuang, Z., Lubensky, I.,
Dean, M., et al. (1997). Germline and somatic mutations in the
tyrosine kinase domain of the MET proto-oncogene in papillary renal
carcinomas. Nat Genet. 16, 68-73. [0379] Schmidt, L., Junker, K.,
Nakaigawa, N., Kinjerski, T., Weirich, G., Miller, M., Lubensky,
I., Neumann, H. P., Brauch, H., Decker, J., et al. (1999). Novel
mutations of the MET proto-oncogene in papillary renal carcinomas.
Oncogene 18, 2343-2350. [0380] Suzuki, K., Hayashi, N., Yamada, Y.,
Yoshihara, H., Miyamoto, Y., Ito, Y., Ito, T., Katayama, K.,
Sasaki, Y., Ito, A., and et al. (1994). Expression of the c-met
protooncogene in human hepatocellular carcinoma. Hepatology 20,
1231-1236. [0381] Tamagnone, L., Artigiani, S., Chen, H., He, Z.,
Ming, G. I., Song, H., Chedotal, A., Winberg, M. L., Goodman, C.
S., Poo, M., et al. (1999). Plexins are a large family of receptors
for transmembrane, secreted, and GPI-anchored semaphorins in
vertebrates. Cell 99, 71-80. [0382] Tempest, P. R., Stratton, M.
R., and Cooper, C. S. (1988). Structure of the met protein and
variation of met protein kinase activity among human tumour cell
lines. Br J Cancer 58, 3-7. [0383] Trusolino, L., Bertotti, A., and
Comoglio, P. M. (2001). A signaling adapter function for
alpha6beta4 integrin in the control of HGF-dependent invasive
growth. Cell 107, 643-654. [0384] Uehara, Y., Minowa, 0., Mori, C.,
Shiota, K., Kuno, J., Noda, T., and Kitamura, N. (1995). Placental
defect and embryonic lethality in mice lacking hepatocyte growth
factor/scatter factor. Nature 373, 702-705. [0385] Van Vactor, D.
V., and Lorenz, L. J. (1999). Neural development: The semantics of
axon guidance. Curr Biol 9, R201-204. [0386] Weidner, K. M., Di
Cesare, S., Sachs, M., Brinkmann, V., Behrens, J., and Birchmeier,
W. (1996). Interaction between Gab1 and the c-Met receptor tyrosine
kinase is responsible for epithelial morphogenesis. Nature 384,
173-176. [0387] Wiesmann, C., Fuh, G., Christinger, H. W.,
Eigenbrot, C., Wells, J. A., and de Vos, A. M. (1997). Crystal
structure at 1.7 A resolution of VEGF in complex with domain 2 of
the Flt-1 receptor. Cell 91, 695-704.
[0388] Wiesmann, C., Ultsch, M. H., Bass, S. H., and de Vos, A. M.
(1999). Crystal structure of nerve growth factor in complex with
the ligand-binding domain of the TrkA receptor. Nature 401,
184-188.
Sequence CWU 1
1
197117PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic peptide 1Lys Ser Ser Gln Ser Leu Leu Tyr Thr Ser Ser Gln
Lys Asn Tyr Leu1 5 10 15Ala27PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of
Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 2Trp Ala Ser Thr Arg Glu Ser1
539PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic peptide 3Gln Gln Tyr Tyr Ala Tyr Pro Trp Thr1
5410PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic peptide 4Gly Tyr Thr Phe Thr Ser Tyr Trp Leu His1 5
10518PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic peptide 5Gly Met Ile Asp Pro Ser Asn Ser Asp Thr Arg Phe
Asn Pro Asn Phe1 5 10 15Lys Asp611PRTArtificial SequenceDescription
of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 6Xaa Tyr Gly Ser Tyr Val
Ser Pro Leu Asp Tyr1 5 10711PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of
Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 7Thr Tyr Gly Ser Tyr Val Ser
Pro Leu Asp Tyr1 5 10811PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of
Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 8Ser Tyr Gly Ser Tyr Val Ser
Pro Leu Asp Tyr1 5 109114PRTMus musculus 9Asp Ile Met Met Ser Gln
Ser Pro Ser Ser Leu Thr Val Ser Val Gly1 5 10 15Glu Lys Val Thr Val
Ser Cys Lys Ser Ser Gln Ser Leu Leu Tyr Thr 20 25 30Ser Ser Gln Lys
Asn Tyr Leu Ala Trp Tyr Gln Gln Lys Pro Gly Gln 35 40 45Ser Pro Lys
Leu Leu Ile Tyr Trp Ala Ser Thr Arg Glu Ser Gly Val 50 55 60Pro Asp
Arg Phe Thr Gly Ser Gly Ser Gly Thr Asp Phe Thr Leu Thr65 70 75
80Ile Thr Ser Val Lys Ala Asp Asp Leu Ala Val Tyr Tyr Cys Gln Gln
85 90 95Tyr Tyr Ala Tyr Pro Trp Thr Phe Gly Gly Gly Thr Lys Leu Glu
Ile 100 105 110Lys Arg10119PRTMus musculus 10Gln Val Gln Leu Gln
Gln Ser Gly Pro Glu Leu Val Arg Pro Gly Ala1 5 10 15Ser Val Lys Met
Ser Cys Arg Ala Ser Gly Tyr Thr Phe Thr Ser Tyr 20 25 30Trp Leu His
Trp Val Lys Gln Arg Pro Gly Gln Gly Leu Glu Trp Ile 35 40 45Gly Met
Ile Asp Pro Ser Asn Ser Asp Thr Arg Phe Asn Pro Asn Phe 50 55 60Lys
Asp Lys Ala Thr Leu Asn Val Asp Arg Ser Ser Asn Thr Ala Tyr65 70 75
80Met Leu Leu Ser Ser Leu Thr Ser Ala Asp Ser Ala Val Tyr Tyr Cys
85 90 95Ala Thr Tyr Gly Ser Tyr Val Ser Pro Leu Asp Tyr Trp Gly Gln
Gly 100 105 110Thr Ser Val Thr Val Ser Ser 11511108PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic polypeptide
11Asp Ile Gln Met Thr Gln Ser Pro Ser Ser Leu Ser Ala Ser Val Gly1
5 10 15Asp Arg Val Thr Ile Thr Cys Arg Ala Ser Gln Ser Ile Ser Asn
Tyr 20 25 30Leu Ala Trp Tyr Gln Gln Lys Pro Gly Lys Ala Pro Lys Leu
Leu Ile 35 40 45Tyr Ala Ala Ser Ser Leu Glu Ser Gly Val Pro Ser Arg
Phe Ser Gly 50 55 60Ser Gly Ser Gly Thr Asp Phe Thr Leu Thr Ile Ser
Ser Leu Gln Pro65 70 75 80Glu Asp Phe Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Cys Gln Gln
Tyr Asn Ser Leu Pro Trp 85 90 95Thr Phe Gly Gln Gly Thr Lys Val Glu
Ile Lys Arg 100 10512114PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of
Artificial Sequence Synthetic polypeptide 12Asp Ile Gln Met Thr Gln
Ser Pro Ser Ser Leu Ser Ala Ser Val Gly1 5 10 15Asp Arg Val Thr Ile
Thr Cys Lys Ser Ser Gln Ser Leu Leu Tyr Thr 20 25 30Ser Ser Gln Lys
Asn Tyr Leu Ala Trp Tyr Gln Gln Lys Pro Gly Lys 35 40 45Ala Pro Lys
Leu Leu Ile Tyr Trp Ala Ser Thr Arg Glu Ser Gly Val 50 55 60Pro Ser
Arg Phe Ser Gly Ser Gly Ser Gly Thr Asp Phe Thr Leu Thr65 70 75
80Ile Ser Ser Leu Gln Pro Glu Asp Phe Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Cys Gln Gln
85 90 95Tyr Tyr Ala Tyr Pro Trp Thr Phe Gly Gln Gly Thr Lys Val Glu
Ile 100 105 110Lys Arg13113PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of
Artificial Sequence Synthetic polypeptide 13Glu Val Gln Leu Val Glu
Ser Gly Gly Gly Leu Val Gln Pro Gly Gly1 5 10 15Ser Leu Arg Leu Ser
Cys Ala Ala Ser Gly Phe Thr Phe Ser Ser Tyr 20 25 30Ala Met Ser Trp
Val Arg Gln Ala Pro Gly Lys Gly Leu Glu Trp Val 35 40 45Ser Val Ile
Ser Gly Asp Gly Gly Ser Thr Tyr Tyr Ala Asp Ser Val 50 55 60Lys Gly
Arg Phe Thr Ile Ser Arg Asp Asn Ser Lys Asn Thr Leu Tyr65 70 75
80Leu Gln Met Asn Ser Leu Arg Ala Glu Asp Thr Ala Val Tyr Tyr Cys
85 90 95Ala Arg Gly Phe Asp Tyr Trp Gly Gln Gly Thr Leu Val Thr Val
Ser 100 105 110Ser14119PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of
Artificial Sequence Synthetic polypeptide 14Glu Val Gln Leu Val Glu
Ser Gly Gly Gly Leu Val Gln Pro Gly Gly1 5 10 15Ser Leu Arg Leu Ser
Cys Ala Ala Ser Gly Tyr Thr Phe Thr Ser Tyr 20 25 30Trp Leu His Trp
Val Arg Gln Ala Pro Gly Lys Gly Leu Glu Trp Val 35 40 45Gly Met Ile
Asp Pro Ser Asn Ser Asp Thr Arg Phe Asn Pro Asn Phe 50 55 60Lys Asp
Arg Phe Thr Ile Ser Ala Asp Thr Ser Lys Asn Thr Ala Tyr65 70 75
80Leu Gln Met Asn Ser Leu Arg Ala Glu Asp Thr Ala Val Tyr Tyr Cys
85 90 95Ala Arg Tyr Gly Ser Tyr Val Ser Pro Leu Asp Tyr Trp Gly Gln
Gly 100 105 110Thr Leu Val Thr Val Ser Ser 115155PRTHomo sapiens
15Leu Asp Ala Gln Thr1 5169PRTHomo sapiens 16Leu Thr Glu Lys Arg
Lys Lys Arg Ser1 5178PRTHomo sapiens 17Lys Pro Asp Ser Ala Glu Pro
Met1 5188PRTHomo sapiens 18Asn Val Arg Cys Leu Gln His Phe1
51987PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic polypeptide 19Gln Val Gln Leu Val Gln Ser Gly Ala Glu Val
Lys Lys Pro Gly Ala1 5 10 15Ser Val Lys Val Ser Cys Lys Ala Ser Gly
Tyr Thr Phe Thr Trp Val 20 25 30Arg Gln Ala Pro Gly Gln Gly Leu Glu
Trp Met Gly Arg Val Thr Ile 35 40 45Thr Ala Asp Thr Ser Thr Ser Thr
Ala Tyr Met Glu Leu Ser Ser Leu 50 55 60Arg Ser Glu Asp Thr Ala Val
Tyr Tyr Cys Ala Arg Trp Gly Gln Gly65 70 75 80Thr Leu Val Thr Val
Ser Ser 852081PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic polypeptide 20Gln Val Gln Leu Val Gln Ser Gly
Ala Glu Val Lys Lys Pro Gly Ala1 5 10 15Ser Val Lys Val Ser Cys Lys
Ala Ser Trp Val Arg Gln Ala Pro Gly 20 25 30Gln Gly Leu Glu Trp Met
Arg Val Thr Ile Thr Ala Asp Thr Ser Thr 35 40 45Ser Thr Ala Tyr Met
Glu Leu Ser Ser Leu Arg Ser Glu Asp Thr Ala 50 55 60Val Tyr Tyr Cys
Ala Arg Trp Gly Gln Gly Thr Leu Val Thr Val Ser65 70 75
80Ser2180PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic polypeptide 21Gln Val Gln Leu Val Gln Ser Gly Ala Glu Val
Lys Lys Pro Gly Ala1 5 10 15Ser Val Lys Val Ser Cys Lys Ala Ser Trp
Val Arg Gln Ala Pro Gly 20 25 30Gln Gly Leu Glu Trp Met Arg Val Thr
Ile Thr Ala Asp Thr Ser Thr 35 40 45Ser Thr Ala Tyr Met Glu Leu Ser
Ser Leu Arg Ser Glu Asp Thr Ala 50 55 60Val Tyr Tyr Cys Ala Trp Gly
Gln Gly Thr Leu Val Thr Val Ser Ser65 70 75 802279PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic polypeptide
22Gln Val Gln Leu Val Gln Ser Gly Ala Glu Val Lys Lys Pro Gly Ala1
5 10 15Ser Val Lys Val Ser Cys Lys Ala Ser Trp Val Arg Gln Ala Pro
Gly 20 25 30Gln Gly Leu Glu Trp Met Arg Val Thr Ile Thr Ala Asp Thr
Ser Thr 35 40 45Ser Thr Ala Tyr Met Glu Leu Ser Ser Leu Arg Ser Glu
Asp Thr Ala 50 55 60Val Tyr Tyr Cys Trp Gly Gln Gly Thr Leu Val Thr
Val Ser Ser65 70 752387PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of
Artificial Sequence Synthetic polypeptide 23Gln Val Gln Leu Gln Glu
Ser Gly Pro Gly Leu Val Lys Pro Ser Gln1 5 10 15Thr Leu Ser Leu Thr
Cys Thr Val Ser Gly Gly Ser Val Ser Trp Ile 20 25 30Arg Gln Pro Pro
Gly Lys Gly Leu Glu Trp Ile Gly Arg Val Thr Ile 35 40 45Ser Val Asp
Thr Ser Lys Asn Gln Phe Ser Leu Lys Leu Ser Ser Val 50 55 60Thr Ala
Ala Asp Thr Ala Val Tyr Tyr Cys Ala Arg Trp Gly Gln Gly65 70 75
80Thr Leu Val Thr Val Ser Ser 852481PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic polypeptide
24Gln Val Gln Leu Gln Glu Ser Gly Pro Gly Leu Val Lys Pro Ser Gln1
5 10 15Thr Leu Ser Leu Thr Cys Thr Val Ser Trp Ile Arg Gln Pro Pro
Gly 20 25 30Lys Gly Leu Glu Trp Ile Arg Val Thr Ile Ser Val Asp Thr
Ser Lys 35 40 45Asn Gln Phe Ser Leu Lys Leu Ser Ser Val Thr Ala Ala
Asp Thr Ala 50 55 60Val Tyr Tyr Cys Ala Arg Trp Gly Gln Gly Thr Leu
Val Thr Val Ser65 70 75 80Ser2580PRTArtificial SequenceDescription
of Artificial Sequence Synthetic polypeptide 25Gln Val Gln Leu Gln
Glu Ser Gly Pro Gly Leu Val Lys Pro Ser Gln1 5 10 15Thr Leu Ser Leu
Thr Cys Thr Val Ser Trp Ile Arg Gln Pro Pro Gly 20 25 30Lys Gly Leu
Glu Trp Ile Arg Val Thr Ile Ser Val Asp Thr Ser Lys 35 40 45Asn Gln
Phe Ser Leu Lys Leu Ser Ser Val Thr Ala Ala Asp Thr Ala 50 55 60Val
Tyr Tyr Cys Ala Trp Gly Gln Gly Thr Leu Val Thr Val Ser Ser65 70 75
802679PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic polypeptide 26Gln Val Gln Leu Gln Glu Ser Gly Pro Gly Leu
Val Lys Pro Ser Gln1 5 10 15Thr Leu Ser Leu Thr Cys Thr Val Ser Trp
Ile Arg Gln Pro Pro Gly 20 25 30Lys Gly Leu Glu Trp Ile Arg Val Thr
Ile Ser Val Asp Thr Ser Lys 35 40 45Asn Gln Phe Ser Leu Lys Leu Ser
Ser Val Thr Ala Ala Asp Thr Ala 50 55 60Val Tyr Tyr Cys Trp Gly Gln
Gly Thr Leu Val Thr Val Ser Ser65 70 752787PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic polypeptide
27Glu Val Gln Leu Val Glu Ser Gly Gly Gly Leu Val Gln Pro Gly Gly1
5 10 15Ser Leu Arg Leu Ser Cys Ala Ala Ser Gly Phe Thr Phe Ser Trp
Val 20 25 30Arg Gln Ala Pro Gly Lys Gly Leu Glu Trp Val Ser Arg Phe
Thr Ile 35 40 45Ser Arg Asp Asn Ser Lys Asn Thr Leu Tyr Leu Gln Met
Asn Ser Leu 50 55 60Arg Ala Glu Asp Thr Ala Val Tyr Tyr Cys Ala Arg
Trp Gly Gln Gly65 70 75 80Thr Leu Val Thr Val Ser Ser
852881PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic polypeptide 28Glu Val Gln Leu Val Glu Ser Gly Gly Gly Leu
Val Gln Pro Gly Gly1 5 10 15Ser Leu Arg Leu Ser Cys Ala Ala Ser Trp
Val Arg Gln Ala Pro Gly 20 25 30Lys Gly Leu Glu Trp Val Arg Phe Thr
Ile Ser Arg Asp Asn Ser Lys 35 40 45Asn Thr Leu Tyr Leu Gln Met Asn
Ser Leu Arg Ala Glu Asp Thr Ala 50 55 60Val Tyr Tyr Cys Ala Arg Trp
Gly Gln Gly Thr Leu Val Thr Val Ser65 70 75 80Ser2980PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic polypeptide
29Glu Val Gln Leu Val Glu Ser Gly Gly Gly Leu Val Gln Pro Gly Gly1
5 10 15Ser Leu Arg Leu Ser Cys Ala Ala Ser Trp Val Arg Gln Ala Pro
Gly 20 25 30Lys Gly Leu Glu Trp Val Arg Phe Thr Ile Ser Arg Asp Asn
Ser Lys 35 40 45Asn Thr Leu Tyr Leu Gln Met Asn Ser Leu Arg Ala Glu
Asp Thr Ala 50 55 60Val Tyr Tyr Cys Ala Trp Gly Gln Gly Thr Leu Val
Thr Val Ser Ser65 70 75 803079PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of
Artificial Sequence Synthetic polypeptide 30Glu Val Gln Leu Val Glu
Ser Gly Gly Gly Leu Val Gln Pro Gly Gly1 5 10 15Ser Leu Arg Leu Ser
Cys Ala Ala Ser Trp Val Arg Gln Ala Pro Gly 20 25 30Lys Gly Leu Glu
Trp Val Arg Phe Thr Ile Ser Arg Asp Asn Ser Lys 35 40 45Asn Thr Leu
Tyr Leu Gln Met Asn Ser Leu Arg Ala Glu Asp Thr Ala 50 55 60Val Tyr
Tyr Cys Trp Gly Gln Gly Thr Leu Val Thr Val Ser Ser65 70
753187PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic polypeptide 31Glu Val Gln Leu Val Glu Ser Gly Gly Gly Leu
Val Gln Pro Gly Gly1 5 10 15Ser Leu Arg Leu Ser Cys Ala Ala Ser Gly
Phe Asn Ile Lys Trp Val 20 25 30Arg Gln Ala Pro Gly Lys Gly Leu Glu
Trp Val Ser Arg Phe Thr Ile 35 40 45Ser Ala Asp Thr Ser Lys Asn Thr
Ala Tyr Leu Gln Met Asn Ser Leu 50 55 60Arg Ala Glu Asp Thr Ala Val
Tyr Tyr Cys Ser Arg Trp Gly Gln Gly65 70 75 80Thr Leu Val Thr Val
Ser Ser 853281PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic polypeptide 32Glu Val Gln Leu Val Glu Ser Gly
Gly Gly Leu Val Gln Pro Gly Gly1 5 10 15Ser Leu Arg Leu Ser Cys Ala
Ala Ser Trp Val Arg Gln Ala Pro Gly 20 25 30Lys Gly Leu Glu Trp Val
Arg Phe Thr Ile Ser Ala Asp Thr Ser Lys 35 40 45Asn Thr Ala Tyr Leu
Gln Met Asn Ser Leu Arg Ala Glu Asp Thr Ala 50 55 60Val Tyr Tyr Cys
Ser Arg Trp Gly Gln Gly Thr Leu Val Thr Val Ser65 70 75
80Ser3380PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic polypeptide 33Glu Val Gln Leu Val Glu Ser Gly Gly Gly Leu
Val Gln Pro Gly Gly1 5 10 15Ser Leu Arg Leu Ser Cys Ala Ala Ser Trp
Val Arg Gln Ala Pro Gly 20 25 30Lys Gly Leu Glu Trp Val Arg Phe Thr
Ile Ser Ala Asp Thr Ser Lys 35 40 45Asn Thr Ala Tyr Leu Gln Met Asn
Ser Leu Arg Ala Glu Asp Thr Ala 50 55 60Val Tyr Tyr Cys Ser Trp Gly
Gln Gly Thr Leu Val Thr Val Ser Ser65 70 75 803487PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic polypeptide
34Glu Val Gln Leu Val Glu Ser Gly Gly Gly Leu Val Gln Pro Gly Gly1
5 10 15Ser Leu Arg Leu Ser Cys Ala Ala Ser Gly Phe Asn Ile Lys Trp
Val 20 25 30Arg Gln Ala Pro Gly Lys Gly Leu Glu Trp Val Ser Arg Phe
Thr Ile 35 40 45Ser Ala Asp Thr Ser Lys Asn Thr Ala Tyr Leu Gln Met
Asn Ser Leu 50 55 60Arg Ala Glu Asp Thr Ala Val Tyr Tyr Cys Ala Arg
Trp Gly Gln Gly65 70 75 80Thr Leu Val Thr Val Ser Ser
853581PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic polypeptide 35Glu Val Gln Leu Val Glu Ser Gly Gly Gly Leu
Val Gln Pro Gly Gly1
5 10 15Ser Leu Arg Leu Ser Cys Ala Ala Ser Trp Val Arg Gln Ala Pro
Gly 20 25 30Lys Gly Leu Glu Trp Val Arg Phe Thr Ile Ser Ala Asp Thr
Ser Lys 35 40 45Asn Thr Ala Tyr Leu Gln Met Asn Ser Leu Arg Ala Glu
Asp Thr Ala 50 55 60Val Tyr Tyr Cys Ala Arg Trp Gly Gln Gly Thr Leu
Val Thr Val Ser65 70 75 80Ser3680PRTArtificial SequenceDescription
of Artificial Sequence Synthetic polypeptide 36Glu Val Gln Leu Val
Glu Ser Gly Gly Gly Leu Val Gln Pro Gly Gly1 5 10 15Ser Leu Arg Leu
Ser Cys Ala Ala Ser Trp Val Arg Gln Ala Pro Gly 20 25 30Lys Gly Leu
Glu Trp Val Arg Phe Thr Ile Ser Ala Asp Thr Ser Lys 35 40 45Asn Thr
Ala Tyr Leu Gln Met Asn Ser Leu Arg Ala Glu Asp Thr Ala 50 55 60Val
Tyr Tyr Cys Ala Trp Gly Gln Gly Thr Leu Val Thr Val Ser Ser65 70 75
803779PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic polypeptide 37Glu Val Gln Leu Val Glu Ser Gly Gly Gly Leu
Val Gln Pro Gly Gly1 5 10 15Ser Leu Arg Leu Ser Cys Ala Ala Ser Trp
Val Arg Gln Ala Pro Gly 20 25 30Lys Gly Leu Glu Trp Val Arg Phe Thr
Ile Ser Ala Asp Thr Ser Lys 35 40 45Asn Thr Ala Tyr Leu Gln Met Asn
Ser Leu Arg Ala Glu Asp Thr Ala 50 55 60Val Tyr Tyr Cys Trp Gly Gln
Gly Thr Leu Val Thr Val Ser Ser65 70 753880PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic polypeptide
38Asp Ile Gln Met Thr Gln Ser Pro Ser Ser Leu Ser Ala Ser Val Gly1
5 10 15Asp Arg Val Thr Ile Thr Cys Trp Tyr Gln Gln Lys Pro Gly Lys
Ala 20 25 30Pro Lys Leu Leu Ile Tyr Gly Val Pro Ser Arg Phe Ser Gly
Ser Gly 35 40 45Ser Gly Thr Asp Phe Thr Leu Thr Ile Ser Ser Leu Gln
Pro Glu Asp 50 55 60Phe Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Cys Phe Gly Gln Gly Thr Lys
Val Glu Ile Lys65 70 75 803980PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of
Artificial Sequence Synthetic polypeptide 39Asp Ile Val Met Thr Gln
Ser Pro Leu Ser Leu Pro Val Thr Pro Gly1 5 10 15Glu Pro Ala Ser Ile
Ser Cys Trp Tyr Leu Gln Lys Pro Gly Gln Ser 20 25 30Pro Gln Leu Leu
Ile Tyr Gly Val Pro Asp Arg Phe Ser Gly Ser Gly 35 40 45Ser Gly Thr
Asp Phe Thr Leu Lys Ile Ser Arg Val Glu Ala Glu Asp 50 55 60Val Gly
Val Tyr Tyr Cys Phe Gly Gln Gly Thr Lys Val Glu Ile Lys65 70 75
804080PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic polypeptide 40Glu Ile Val Leu Thr Gln Ser Pro Gly Thr Leu
Ser Leu Ser Pro Gly1 5 10 15Glu Arg Ala Thr Leu Ser Cys Trp Tyr Gln
Gln Lys Pro Gly Gln Ala 20 25 30Pro Arg Leu Leu Ile Tyr Gly Ile Pro
Asp Arg Phe Ser Gly Ser Gly 35 40 45Ser Gly Thr Asp Phe Thr Leu Thr
Ile Ser Arg Leu Glu Pro Glu Asp 50 55 60Phe Ala Val Tyr Tyr Cys Phe
Gly Gln Gly Thr Lys Val Glu Ile Lys65 70 75 804180PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic polypeptide
41Asp Ile Val Met Thr Gln Ser Pro Asp Ser Leu Ala Val Ser Leu Gly1
5 10 15Glu Arg Ala Thr Ile Asn Cys Trp Tyr Gln Gln Lys Pro Gly Gln
Pro 20 25 30Pro Lys Leu Leu Ile Tyr Gly Val Pro Asp Arg Phe Ser Gly
Ser Gly 35 40 45Ser Gly Thr Asp Phe Thr Leu Thr Ile Ser Ser Leu Gln
Ala Glu Asp 50 55 60Val Ala Val Tyr Tyr Cys Phe Gly Gln Gly Thr Lys
Val Glu Ile Lys65 70 75 804225PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of
Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 42Glu Val Gln Leu Val Glu Ser
Gly Gly Gly Leu Val Gln Pro Gly Gly1 5 10 15Ser Leu Arg Leu Ser Cys
Ala Ala Ser 20 254313PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of
Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 43Trp Val Arg Gln Ala Pro Gly
Lys Gly Leu Glu Trp Val1 5 104430PRTArtificial SequenceDescription
of Artificial Sequence Synthetic polypeptide 44Arg Phe Thr Ile Ser
Arg Asp Asn Ser Lys Asn Thr Leu Tyr Leu Gln1 5 10 15Met Asn Ser Leu
Arg Ala Glu Asp Thr Ala Val Tyr Tyr Cys 20 25 304511PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 45Trp
Gly Gln Gly Thr Leu Val Thr Val Ser Ser1 5 104623PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 46Asp
Ile Gln Met Thr Gln Ser Pro Ser Ser Leu Ser Ala Ser Val Gly1 5 10
15Asp Arg Val Thr Ile Thr Cys 204715PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 47Trp
Tyr Gln Gln Lys Pro Gly Lys Ala Pro Lys Leu Leu Ile Tyr1 5 10
154832PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic polypeptide 48Gly Val Pro Ser Arg Phe Ser Gly Ser Gly Ser
Gly Thr Asp Phe Thr1 5 10 15Leu Thr Ile Ser Ser Leu Gln Pro Glu Asp
Phe Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Cys 20 25 304910PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 49Phe
Gly Gln Gly Thr Lys Val Glu Ile Lys1 5 105030PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic polypeptide
50Arg Phe Thr Ile Ser Xaa Asp Xaa Ser Lys Asn Thr Xaa Tyr Leu Gln1
5 10 15Met Asn Ser Leu Arg Ala Glu Asp Thr Ala Val Tyr Tyr Cys 20
25 305130PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic polypeptide 51Arg Phe Thr Ile Ser Ala Asp Thr Ser Lys Asn
Thr Ala Tyr Leu Gln1 5 10 15Met Asn Ser Leu Arg Ala Glu Asp Thr Ala
Val Tyr Tyr Cys 20 25 305231PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of
Artificial Sequence Synthetic polypeptide 52Arg Phe Thr Ile Ser Ala
Asp Thr Ser Lys Asn Thr Ala Tyr Leu Gln1 5 10 15Met Asn Ser Leu Arg
Ala Glu Asp Thr Ala Val Tyr Tyr Cys Ala 20 25 305332PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic polypeptide
53Arg Phe Thr Ile Ser Ala Asp Thr Ser Lys Asn Thr Ala Tyr Leu Gln1
5 10 15Met Asn Ser Leu Arg Ala Glu Asp Thr Ala Val Tyr Tyr Cys Ala
Arg 20 25 305431PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic polypeptide 54Arg Phe Thr Ile Ser Ala Asp Thr
Ser Lys Asn Thr Ala Tyr Leu Gln1 5 10 15Met Asn Ser Leu Arg Ala Glu
Asp Thr Ala Val Tyr Tyr Cys Ser 20 25 305532PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic polypeptide
55Arg Phe Thr Ile Ser Ala Asp Thr Ser Lys Asn Thr Ala Tyr Leu Gln1
5 10 15Met Asn Ser Leu Arg Ala Glu Asp Thr Ala Val Tyr Tyr Cys Ser
Arg 20 25 30567PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 56Trp Ala Ser Thr Pro Ala Ser1
5577PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic peptide 57Trp Ala Ser Ile Arg Asp Arg1 5587PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 58Met
Pro Asn Thr Arg Asp Ser1 5597PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of
Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 59Trp Ala Ser Thr Arg Asp
Ile1 5607PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic peptide 60Trp Ala Gly Ile Arg Glu Met1 5617PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 61Leu
Ala Ser Asn Arg Glu Gly1 5627PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of
Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 62Trp Thr Gly Asn Arg Glu
Met1 5637PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic peptide 63Trp Ala Arg Thr Arg Glu Ser1 5647PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 64Trp
Ala Ser Thr Arg Glu Ser1 5657PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of
Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 65Trp Ala Ser Thr Pro Glu
Ser1 5667PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic peptide 66Trp Ala Ser Xaa Arg Glu Ser1 5677PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 67Trp
Ala Ser Asn Ile Thr Ser1 5687PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of
Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 68Trp Ala Asn Phe Arg Val
Ser1 5697PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic peptide 69Trp Thr Ser Asn Arg Val Ser1 5707PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 70Leu
Gly Gly Thr Arg Val Ser1 5717PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of
Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 71Leu Ala Thr Thr Arg Val
Ser1 5727PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic peptide 72Trp Ala Ser Thr Arg Val Ser1 5737PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 73Trp
Ala Ser Thr Leu Val Ser1 5747PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of
Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 74Trp Ala Ser Thr Gly Val
Gly1 5757PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic peptide 75Trp Ser Ser Thr Arg Val Ser1 57610PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 76Gly
Tyr Asn Phe Ile Gly Phe Trp Met His1 5 107710PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 77Gly
Tyr Thr Phe Ile Asp Phe Trp Leu His1 5 107810PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 78Gly
Tyr Thr Phe Thr Ser Phe Trp Leu His1 5 107910PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 79Gly
Tyr Thr Phe Thr Ser His Trp Leu His1 5 108010PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 80Gly
Tyr Pro Phe Thr Thr Arg Trp Leu His1 5 108110PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 81Gly
Tyr Leu Phe Thr Ser Ser Trp Leu His1 5 108210PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 82Gly
Tyr Asn Phe Ser Ser Ser Trp Leu His1 5 108310PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 83Gly
Tyr Pro Phe Thr Lys Ser Trp Leu His1 5 108410PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 84Gly
Tyr Ser Phe Thr Thr Ser Trp Val His1 5 108510PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 85Gly
Tyr Thr Phe Thr Asp Ser Trp Leu His1 5 108610PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 86Gly
Tyr Thr Phe Ser Ser Ser Trp Leu His1 5 108710PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 87Gly
Tyr Thr Phe Thr Ser Ser Trp Leu His1 5 108810PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 88Gly
Tyr Ala Phe Thr Ser Thr Trp Leu His1 5 108910PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 89Gly
Tyr Ile Phe Thr Ser Val Trp Leu His1 5 109010PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 90Gly
Tyr Asn Phe Thr Ser Val Trp Leu His1 5 109110PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 91Gly
Tyr Ser Phe Thr Ser Val Trp Leu His1 5 109210PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 92Gly
Tyr Thr Phe Thr Arg Val Trp Leu His1 5 109310PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 93Gly
Tyr Ala Phe Thr Ser Tyr Trp Leu His1 5 109410PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 94Gly
Tyr Ile Phe Thr Thr Tyr Trp Leu His1 5 109510PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 95Gly
Tyr Thr Phe Thr Ser Tyr Trp Leu His1 5 109610PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 96Gly
Tyr Thr Phe Tyr Ser Tyr Trp Leu His1 5 109718PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 97Gly
Met Ile Asp Pro Ser Asn Ser Asp Ile Arg Phe Asn Pro Asp Phe1 5 10
15Glu Asp9818PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 98Gly Met Ile Asp Pro Ser Asn Ser Asp
Thr Arg Phe Asn Thr Lys Phe1 5 10 15Glu Asp9918PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 99Gly
Met Ile Asp Pro Ser Asn Ser Asp Thr Arg Phe Asn Pro Lys Phe1 5 10
15His Asp10018PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 100Gly Met Ile Asp Pro Ser Tyr Ser Ile
Thr Arg Phe Asn Pro Lys Phe1 5 10 15Lys Tyr10118PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 101Gly
Met Ile Asp Pro Ser Asn Ser Asp Thr Arg Phe Asn Pro Lys Phe1 5 10
15Asn Tyr10218PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 102Gly Met Ile Asp Pro Ser Asn Ser Asp
Thr Arg Phe Asn Pro Lys Phe1 5 10 15Asn Asp10318PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 103Gly
Met Ile Asp Pro Ser Asn Ser Asp Thr Arg Phe Asn Pro Lys Phe1 5 10
15Asn Glu10418PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 104Gly Met Ile Asp Pro Ser Asn Ser Asp
Thr Arg Phe Asn Pro Asn Phe1 5 10 15Asp Asp10518PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 105Gly
Met Ile Asp Pro Ser Asn Ser Asp Thr Arg Phe Asn Pro Asn Phe1 5 10
15Glu Asp10618PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 106Gly Met Ile Asp Pro Ser Asn Ser Asp
Thr Arg Phe Asn Gln Asn Phe1 5 10 15Glu Asp10718PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 107Gly
Met Ile Asp Pro Ser Asn Ser Asp Thr Arg Phe Asn Pro Asn Phe1 5 10
15Glu His10818PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 108Gly Met Ile Asp Pro Ser Asn Ser Asp
Thr Arg Phe Asn Pro Asn Phe1 5 10 15Lys Glu10918PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 109Gly
Met Ile Asp Pro Ser Asn Ser Asp Thr Arg Phe Asn Pro Asn Leu1 5 10
15Gln Asp11018PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 110Gly Met Ile Asp Pro Ser Asn Ser Asp
Thr Arg Phe Asn Pro Ser Leu1 5 10 15Glu Asp11118PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 111Gly
Met Ile Asp Pro Ser Asn Ser Asp Thr Arg Phe Asn Pro Thr Phe1 5 10
15Glu Asp11218PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 112Gly
Met Ile Asp Pro Ser Asn Ser Asp Thr Arg Phe Asn Pro Val Leu1 5 10
15Lys Asp11311PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 113Ser Tyr Gly Ser Tyr Val Leu Pro Leu
Asp Tyr1 5 1011411PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 114Ser Tyr Gly Ser Tyr Val Ser Pro Leu
Asp Tyr1 5 1011511PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 115Ser Tyr Arg Ser Tyr Arg Ile Pro Leu
Asp Tyr1 5 1011611PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 116Ser Tyr Arg Ser Tyr Val Leu Pro Leu
Asp Tyr1 5 1011711PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 117Ser Tyr Arg Ser Tyr Val Leu Pro Leu
Asp Gln1 5 1011811PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 118Ser Tyr Arg Ser Tyr Phe Thr Pro Leu
Asp Tyr1 5 1011911PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 119Ser Tyr Ser Ser Tyr Met Arg Pro Leu
Asp Tyr1 5 1012011PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 120Ser Tyr Ser Ser Tyr Thr Arg Pro Leu
Asp Tyr1 5 1012111PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 121Ser Tyr Ser Ser Tyr Val Thr Ser Leu
Asp Tyr1 5 1012211PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 122Thr Tyr Gly Ser Tyr Glu Lys Pro Leu
Asp Tyr1 5 1012311PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 123Thr Tyr Gly Ser Tyr Val Lys Pro Leu
Asp Tyr1 5 1012411PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 124Thr Tyr Gly Ser Tyr Val Arg Pro Leu
Asp Tyr1 5 1012511PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 125Thr Tyr Gly Ser Tyr Val Ser Pro Leu
Asp Tyr1 5 1012611PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 126Thr Tyr His Ser Tyr Val Thr Pro Leu
Asp Tyr1 5 1012711PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 127Thr Tyr Arg Ser Tyr Val Ser Pro Leu
Asp Tyr1 5 1012811PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 128Thr Tyr Arg Ser Tyr Lys Ser Pro Leu
Asp Tyr1 5 1012911PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 129Thr Tyr Arg Ser Tyr Phe Thr Pro Leu
Tyr Tyr1 5 1013011PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 130Thr Tyr Arg Gly Tyr Glu Thr Pro Leu
Asp Tyr1 5 1013111PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 131Thr Tyr Arg Ser Tyr Phe Val Pro Leu
Asp Tyr1 5 1013211PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 132Thr Tyr Ser Ser Tyr Val Lys Pro Leu
Asp Tyr1 5 1013311PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 133Thr Tyr Ser Ser Tyr Val Arg Pro Leu
Asp Tyr1 5 1013411PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 134Thr Tyr Ser Ser Tyr Met Arg Pro Leu
Asp Tyr1 5 1013511PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 135Thr Tyr Ser Ser Tyr Met Ser Pro Leu
Asp Tyr1 5 1013611PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 136Thr Tyr Ser Ser Tyr Val Thr Ala Leu
Asp Tyr1 5 1013711PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 137Thr Tyr Ser Ser Tyr Arg Thr Ala Leu
Asp Tyr1 5 1013811PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 138Thr Tyr Thr Ser Tyr Arg Leu Pro Leu
Asp Tyr1 5 101397PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic peptide 139Trp Ala Ser Thr Arg Glu Ser1
514010PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic peptide 140Gly Tyr Thr Phe Thr Ser Tyr Trp Leu His1 5
1014118PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic peptide 141Gly Met Ile Asp Pro Ser Asn Ser Asp Thr Arg
Phe Asn Pro Asn Phe1 5 10 15Lys Asp14211PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 142Ser
Tyr Gly Ser Tyr Val Ser Pro Leu Asp Tyr1 5 1014311PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 143Ser
Tyr Gly Ser Tyr Val Ser Pro Leu Asp Tyr1 5 1014411PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 144Ser
Tyr Arg Ser Tyr Arg Thr Pro Leu Asp Tyr1 5 1014511PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 145Ser
Tyr Arg Ser Tyr Val Thr Pro Leu Asp Tyr1 5 1014611PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 146Ser
Tyr Arg Ser Tyr Val Val Pro Leu Asp Tyr1 5 1014711PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 147Ser
Tyr Arg Ser Tyr Val Val Pro Leu Asp Ser1 5 1014811PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 148Ser
Tyr Ser Ser Tyr Val Lys Pro Leu Asp Tyr1 5 1014911PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 149Ser
Tyr Ser Ser Tyr Val Leu Pro Leu Asp Tyr1 5 1015011PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 150Thr
Tyr Ala Ser Tyr Ala Thr Pro Leu Asp Tyr1 5 1015111PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 151Thr
Tyr Ala Ser Tyr Val Thr Pro Leu Asp Tyr1 5 1015211PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 152Thr
Tyr Gly Ser Tyr Val Thr Ala Leu Asp Tyr1 5 1015311PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 153Thr
Tyr Gly Ser Tyr Val Thr Ala Leu Asp His1 5 1015411PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 154Thr
Tyr Gly Ser Tyr Met Val Pro Leu Asp Tyr1 5 1015511PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 155Thr
Tyr His Ser Tyr Leu Val Pro Leu Asn Tyr1 5 1015611PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 156Thr
Tyr Lys Ser Tyr Val Thr Pro Leu Asp Tyr1 5 1015711PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 157Thr
Tyr Arg Ser Tyr Arg Ser Pro Leu Asp Tyr1 5 1015811PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 158Thr
Tyr Arg Ser Tyr Val Ser Pro Leu Asp Phe1 5 1015911PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 159Thr
Tyr Arg Ser Tyr Val Thr Pro Leu Asp Tyr1 5 1016011PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 160Thr
Tyr Ser Ser Tyr Trp Ile Pro Leu Asp Tyr1 5 1016111PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 161Thr
Tyr Ser Ser Tyr Val Arg Pro Leu Asp Tyr1 5 1016211PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 162Thr
Tyr Ser Ser Tyr Val Thr Ser Leu Asp Tyr1 5 1016311PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 163Thr
Tyr Ser Ser Tyr Val Thr Ala Leu Asp Tyr1 5 1016411PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 164Ile
Tyr Trp Ala Ser Thr Arg Glu Ser Gly Val1 5 1016511PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 165Ile
Tyr Trp Ala Ser Thr Arg Val Ser Gly Val1 5 1016614PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 166Ala
Ser Gly Tyr Thr Phe Thr Ser Tyr Trp Leu His Trp Val1 5
1016714PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic peptide 167Ala Ser Gly Tyr Thr Phe Thr Ser Ser Trp Leu
His Trp Val1 5 1016822PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of
Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 168Trp Val Gly Met Ile Asp
Pro Ser Asn Ser Asp Thr Arg Phe Asn Pro1 5 10 15Asn Phe Lys Asp Arg
Phe 2016922PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic peptide 169Trp Val Gly Met Ile Asp Pro Ser Asn Ser Asp
Thr Arg Phe Asn Thr1 5 10 15Lys Phe Glu Asp Arg Phe
2017022PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic peptide 170Trp Val Gly Met Ile Asp Pro Ser Asn Ser Asp
Thr Arg Phe Asn Pro1 5 10 15Asn Phe Glu Asp Arg Phe
2017115PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic peptide 171Cys Ala Arg Tyr Gly Ser Tyr Val Ser Pro Leu
Asp Tyr Trp Gly1 5 10 1517215PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of
Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 172Cys Ala Ser Tyr Gly Ser
Tyr Val Ser Pro Leu Asp Tyr Trp Gly1 5 10 1517315PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 173Cys
Ala Thr Tyr Gly Ser Tyr Val Ser Pro Leu Asp Tyr Trp Gly1 5 10
1517415PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic peptide 174Cys Ala Thr Tyr Arg Ser Tyr Val Ser Pro Leu
Asp Tyr Trp Gly1 5 10 1517515PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of
Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 175Cys Ala Ser Tyr Arg Ser
Tyr Val Thr Pro Leu Asp Tyr Trp Gly1 5 10 1517615PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 176Cys
Ala Thr Tyr Arg Ser Tyr Val Thr Pro Leu Asp Tyr Trp Gly1 5 10
1517715PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic peptide 177Cys Ala Thr Tyr Ser Ser Tyr Val Thr Ser Leu
Asp Tyr Trp Gly1 5 10 1517815PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of
Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 178Cys Ala Thr Tyr Ser Ser
Tyr Val Thr Ala Leu Asp Tyr Trp Gly1 5 10 1517923PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 179Asp
Ile Gln Met Thr Gln Ser Pro Ser Ser Leu Ser Ala Ser Val Gly1 5 10
15Asp Arg Val Thr Ile Thr Cys 2018015PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 180Trp
Tyr Gln Gln Lys Pro Gly Lys Ala Pro Lys Leu Leu Ile Tyr1 5 10
1518132PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic polypeptide 181Gly Val Pro Ser Arg Phe Ser Gly Ser Gly
Ser Gly Thr Asp Phe Thr1 5 10 15Leu Thr Ile Ser Ser Leu Gln Pro Glu
Asp Phe Ala Thr Tyr Tyr Cys 20 25 3018211PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 182Phe
Gly Gln Gly Thr Lys Val Glu Ile Lys Arg1 5 1018317PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 183Lys
Ser Ser Gln Ser Leu Leu Tyr Thr Ser Ser Gln Lys Asn Tyr Leu1 5 10
15Ala1847PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic peptide 184Trp Ala Ser Thr Arg Glu Ser1
51859PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic peptide 185Gln Gln Tyr Tyr Ala Tyr Pro Trp Thr1
5186106PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic polypeptide 186Thr Val Ala Ala Pro Ser Val Phe Ile Phe
Pro Pro Ser Asp Glu Gln1 5 10 15Leu Lys Ser Gly Thr Ala Ser Val Val
Cys Leu Leu Asn Asn Phe Tyr 20 25 30Pro Arg Glu Ala Lys Val Gln Trp
Lys Val Asp Asn Ala Leu Gln Ser 35 40 45Gly Asn Ser Gln Glu Ser Val
Thr Glu Gln Asp Ser Lys Asp Ser Thr 50 55 60Tyr Ser Leu Ser Ser Thr
Leu Thr Leu Ser Lys Ala Asp Tyr Glu Lys65 70 75 80His Lys Val Tyr
Ala Cys Glu Val Thr His Gln Gly Leu Ser Ser Pro 85 90 95Val Thr Lys
Ser Phe Asn Arg Gly Glu Cys 100 10518725PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 187Glu
Val Gln Leu Val Glu Ser Gly Gly Gly Leu Val Gln Pro Gly Gly1 5 10
15Ser Leu Arg Leu Ser Cys Ala Ala Ser 20 2518813PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 188Trp
Val Arg Gln Ala Pro Gly Lys Gly Leu Glu Trp Val1 5
1018930PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic polypeptide 189Arg Phe Thr Ile Ser Ala Asp Thr Ser Lys
Asn Thr Ala Tyr Leu Gln1 5 10 15Met Asn Ser Leu Arg Ala Glu Asp Thr
Ala Val Tyr Tyr Cys 20 25 3019011PRTArtificial SequenceDescription
of Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 190Trp Gly Gln Gly Thr Leu
Val Thr Val Ser Ser1 5 1019110PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of
Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 191Gly Tyr Thr Phe Thr Ser
Tyr Trp Leu His1 5 1019218PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of
Artificial Sequence Synthetic peptide 192Gly Met Ile Asp Pro Ser
Asn Ser Asp Thr Arg Phe Asn Pro Asn Phe1 5 10 15Lys
Asp19312PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic peptide 193Ala Thr Tyr Arg Ser Tyr Val Thr Pro Leu Asp
Tyr1 5 10194108PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial
Sequence Synthetic polypeptide 194Ala Ser Thr Lys Gly Pro Ser Val
Phe Pro Leu Ala Pro Ser Ser Lys1 5 10 15Ser Thr Ser Gly Gly Thr Ala
Ala Leu Gly Cys Leu Val Lys Asp Tyr 20 25 30Phe Pro Glu Pro Val Thr
Val Ser Trp Asn Ser Gly Ala Leu Thr Ser 35 40 45Gly Val His Thr Phe
Pro Ala Val Leu Gln Ser Ser Gly Leu Tyr Ser 50 55 60Leu Ser Ser Val
Val Thr Val Pro Ser Ser Ser Leu Gly Thr Gln Thr65 70 75 80Tyr Ile
Cys Asn Val Asn His Lys Pro Ser Asn Thr Lys Val Asp Lys 85 90 95Lys
Val Glu Pro Lys Ser Cys Asp Lys Thr His Thr 100
105195222PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic polypeptide 195Cys Pro Pro Cys Pro Ala Pro Glu Leu Leu
Gly Gly Pro Ser Val Phe1 5 10 15Leu Phe Pro Pro Lys Pro Lys Asp Thr
Leu Met Ile Ser Arg Thr Pro 20 25 30Glu Val Thr Cys Val Val Val Asp
Val Ser His Glu Asp Pro Glu Val 35 40 45Lys Phe Asn Trp Tyr Val Asp
Gly Val Glu Val His Asn Ala Lys Thr 50 55 60Lys Pro Arg Glu Glu Gln
Tyr Asn Ser Thr Tyr Arg Val Val Ser Val65 70 75 80Leu Thr Val Leu
His Gln Asp Trp Leu Asn Gly Lys Glu Tyr Lys Cys 85 90 95Lys Val Ser
Asn Lys Ala Leu Pro Ala Pro Ile Glu Lys Thr Ile Ser 100 105 110Lys
Ala Lys Gly Gln Pro Arg Glu Pro Gln Val Tyr Thr Leu Pro Pro 115 120
125Ser Arg Glu Glu Met Thr Lys Asn Gln Val Ser Leu Ser Cys Ala Val
130 135 140Lys Gly Phe Tyr Pro Ser Asp Ile Ala Val Glu Trp Glu Ser
Asn Gly145 150 155 160Gln Pro Glu Asn Asn Tyr Lys Thr Thr Pro
Pro Val Leu Asp Ser Asp 165 170 175Gly Ser Phe Phe Leu Val Ser Lys
Leu Thr Val Asp Lys Ser Arg Trp 180 185 190Gln Gln Gly Asn Val Phe
Ser Cys Ser Val Met His Glu Ala Leu His 195 200 205Asn His Tyr Thr
Gln Lys Ser Leu Ser Leu Ser Pro Gly Lys 210 215
220196222PRTArtificial SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence
Synthetic polypeptide 196Cys Pro Pro Cys Pro Ala Pro Glu Leu Leu
Gly Gly Pro Ser Val Phe1 5 10 15Leu Phe Pro Pro Lys Pro Lys Asp Thr
Leu Met Ile Ser Arg Thr Pro 20 25 30Glu Val Thr Cys Val Val Val Asp
Val Ser His Glu Asp Pro Glu Val 35 40 45Lys Phe Asn Trp Tyr Val Asp
Gly Val Glu Val His Asn Ala Lys Thr 50 55 60Lys Pro Arg Glu Glu Gln
Tyr Asn Ser Thr Tyr Arg Val Val Ser Val65 70 75 80Leu Thr Val Leu
His Gln Asp Trp Leu Asn Gly Lys Glu Tyr Lys Cys 85 90 95Lys Val Ser
Asn Lys Ala Leu Pro Ala Pro Ile Glu Lys Thr Ile Ser 100 105 110Lys
Ala Lys Gly Gln Pro Arg Glu Pro Gln Val Tyr Thr Leu Pro Pro 115 120
125Ser Arg Glu Glu Met Thr Lys Asn Gln Val Ser Leu Trp Cys Leu Val
130 135 140Lys Gly Phe Tyr Pro Ser Asp Ile Ala Val Glu Trp Glu Ser
Asn Gly145 150 155 160Gln Pro Glu Asn Asn Tyr Lys Thr Thr Pro Pro
Val Leu Asp Ser Asp 165 170 175Gly Ser Phe Phe Leu Tyr Ser Lys Leu
Thr Val Asp Lys Ser Arg Trp 180 185 190Gln Gln Gly Asn Val Phe Ser
Cys Ser Val Met His Glu Ala Leu His 195 200 205Asn His Tyr Thr Gln
Lys Ser Leu Ser Leu Ser Pro Gly Lys 210 215 220197119PRTArtificial
SequenceDescription of Artificial Sequence Synthetic polypeptide
197Glu Val Gln Leu Val Glu Ser Gly Gly Gly Leu Val Gln Pro Gly Gly1
5 10 15Ser Leu Arg Leu Ser Cys Ala Ala Ser Gly Tyr Thr Phe Thr Ser
Tyr 20 25 30Trp Leu His Trp Val Arg Gln Ala Pro Gly Lys Gly Leu Glu
Trp Val 35 40 45Gly Met Ile Asp Pro Ser Asn Ser Asp Thr Arg Phe Asn
Pro Asn Phe 50 55 60Lys Asp Arg Phe Thr Ile Ser Ala Asp Thr Ser Lys
Asn Thr Ala Tyr65 70 75 80Leu Gln Met Asn Ser Leu Arg Ala Glu Asp
Thr Ala Val Tyr Tyr Cys 85 90 95Ala Xaa Tyr Xaa Ser Tyr Val Xaa Xaa
Leu Asp Tyr Trp Gly Gln Gly 100 105 110Thr Leu Val Thr Val Ser Ser
115
* * * * *